Merge pull request #18 from bitechdev/feature-auth-mcp

feat(security): implement OAuth2 authorization server with database s…

README.md

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ ResolveSpec is a flexible and powerful REST API specification and implementation
 3. **FuncSpec** - Header-based API to map and call API's to sql functions
 4. **WebSocketSpec** - Real-time bidirectional communication with full CRUD operations
 5. **MQTTSpec** - MQTT-based API ideal for IoT and mobile applications
+6. **ResolveMCP** - Model Context Protocol (MCP) server that exposes models as AI-consumable tools and resources over HTTP/SSE
 
 All share the same core architecture and provide dynamic data querying, relationship preloading, and complex filtering.
 
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@ All share the same core architecture and provide dynamic data querying, relation
 * [Quick Start](#quick-start)
   * [ResolveSpec (Body-Based API)](#resolvespec---body-based-api)
   * [RestHeadSpec (Header-Based API)](#restheadspec---header-based-api)
+  * [ResolveMCP (MCP Server)](#resolvemcp---mcp-server)
 * [Architecture](#architecture)
 * [API Structure](#api-structure)
 * [RestHeadSpec Overview](#restheadspec-header-based-api)
@@ -50,6 +52,15 @@ All share the same core architecture and provide dynamic data querying, relation
 * **🆕 Backward Compatible**: Existing code works without changes
 * **🆕 Better Testing**: Mockable interfaces for easy unit testing
 
+### ResolveMCP (v3.2+)
+
+* **🆕 MCP Server**: Expose any registered database model as Model Context Protocol tools and resources
+* **🆕 AI-Ready Descriptions**: Tool descriptions include the full column schema, primary key, nullable flags, and relations — giving AI models everything they need to query correctly without guessing
+* **🆕 Four Tools Per Model**: `read_`, `create_`, `update_`, `delete_` tools auto-registered per model
+* **🆕 Full Query Support**: Filters, sort, limit/offset, cursor pagination, column selection, and relation preloading all available as tool parameters
+* **🆕 HTTP/SSE Transport**: Standards-compliant SSE transport for use with Claude Desktop, Cursor, and any MCP-compatible client
+* **🆕 Lifecycle Hooks**: Same Before/After hook system as ResolveSpec for auth and side-effects
+
 ### RestHeadSpec (v2.1+)
 
 * **🆕 Header-Based API**: All query options passed via HTTP headers instead of request body
@@ -190,6 +201,40 @@ restheadspec.SetupMuxRoutes(router, handler, nil)
 
 For complete documentation, see [pkg/restheadspec/README.md](pkg/restheadspec/README.md).
 
+### ResolveMCP (MCP Server)
+
+ResolveMCP exposes registered models as Model Context Protocol tools so AI models (Claude, Cursor, etc.) can query and mutate your database directly:
+
+```go
+import "github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/resolvemcp"
+
+// Create handler
+handler := resolvemcp.NewHandlerWithGORM(db)
+
+// Register models — must be done BEFORE Build()
+handler.RegisterModel("public", "users", &User{})
+handler.RegisterModel("public", "posts", &Post{})
+
+// Finalize: registers MCP tools and resources
+handler.Build()
+
+// Mount SSE transport on your existing router
+router := mux.NewRouter()
+resolvemcp.SetupMuxRoutes(router, handler, "http://localhost:8080")
+
+// MCP clients connect to:
+//   SSE stream:  GET  http://localhost:8080/mcp/sse
+//   Messages:    POST http://localhost:8080/mcp/message
+//
+// Auto-registered tools per model:
+//   read_public_users   — filter, sort, paginate, preload
+//   create_public_users — insert a new record
+//   update_public_users — update a record by ID
+//   delete_public_users — delete a record by ID
+```
+
+For complete documentation, see [pkg/resolvemcp/README.md](pkg/resolvemcp/README.md) (if present) or the package source.
+
 ## Architecture
 
 ### Two Complementary APIs
@@ -344,6 +389,19 @@ Alternative REST API where query options are passed via HTTP headers.
 
 For complete documentation, see [pkg/restheadspec/README.md](pkg/restheadspec/README.md).
 
+#### ResolveMCP - MCP Server
+
+Expose any registered model as Model Context Protocol tools and resources consumable by AI models over HTTP/SSE.
+
+**Key Features**:
+- Four tools per model: `read_`, `create_`, `update_`, `delete_`
+- Rich AI-readable descriptions: column names, types, primary key, nullable flags, and preloadable relations
+- Full query support: filters, sort, limit/offset, cursor pagination, column selection, preloads
+- HTTP/SSE transport compatible with Claude Desktop, Cursor, and any MCP client
+- Same Before/After lifecycle hooks as ResolveSpec
+
+For complete documentation, see [pkg/resolvemcp/](pkg/resolvemcp/).
+
 #### FuncSpec - Function-Based SQL API
 
 Execute SQL functions and queries through a simple HTTP API with header-based parameters.
@@ -529,7 +587,18 @@ This project is licensed under the MIT License - see the [LICENSE](LICENSE) file
 
 ## What's New
 
-### v3.1 (Latest - February 2026)
+### v3.2 (Latest - March 2026)
+
+**ResolveMCP - Model Context Protocol Server (🆕)**:
+
+* **MCP Tools**: Four tools auto-registered per model (`read_`, `create_`, `update_`, `delete_`) over HTTP/SSE transport
+* **AI-Ready Descriptions**: Full column schema, primary key, nullable flags, and relation names surfaced in tool descriptions so AI models can query without guessing
+* **Full Query Support**: Filters, sort, limit/offset, cursor pagination, column selection, and relation preloading all available as tool parameters
+* **HTTP/SSE Transport**: Standards-compliant transport compatible with Claude Desktop, Cursor, and any MCP 2024-11-05 client
+* **Lifecycle Hooks**: Same Before/After hook system as ResolveSpec for auth, auditing, and side-effects
+* **MCP Resources**: Each model also exposed as a named resource for direct data access by AI clients
+
+### v3.1 (February 2026)
 
 **SQLite Schema Translation (🆕)**:
 

go.mod

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ require (
 	github.com/gorilla/websocket v1.5.3
 	github.com/jackc/pgx/v5 v5.8.0
 	github.com/klauspost/compress v1.18.2
+	github.com/mark3labs/mcp-go v0.46.0
 	github.com/mattn/go-sqlite3 v1.14.33
 	github.com/microsoft/go-mssqldb v1.9.5
 	github.com/mochi-mqtt/server/v2 v2.7.9
@@ -40,6 +41,7 @@ require (
 	go.opentelemetry.io/otel/trace v1.38.0
 	go.uber.org/zap v1.27.1
 	golang.org/x/crypto v0.46.0
+	golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.34.0
 	golang.org/x/time v0.14.0
 	gorm.io/driver/postgres v1.6.0
 	gorm.io/driver/sqlite v1.6.0
@@ -78,6 +80,7 @@ require (
 	github.com/golang-sql/civil v0.0.0-20220223132316-b832511892a9 // indirect
 	github.com/golang-sql/sqlexp v0.1.0 // indirect
 	github.com/golang/snappy v1.0.0 // indirect
+	github.com/google/jsonschema-go v0.4.2 // indirect
 	github.com/grpc-ecosystem/grpc-gateway/v2 v2.27.2 // indirect
 	github.com/jackc/pgpassfile v1.0.0 // indirect
 	github.com/jackc/pgservicefile v0.0.0-20240606120523-5a60cdf6a761 // indirect
@@ -131,6 +134,7 @@ require (
 	github.com/xdg-go/pbkdf2 v1.0.0 // indirect
 	github.com/xdg-go/scram v1.2.0 // indirect
 	github.com/xdg-go/stringprep v1.0.4 // indirect
+	github.com/yosida95/uritemplate/v3 v3.0.2 // indirect
 	github.com/youmark/pkcs8 v0.0.0-20240726163527-a2c0da244d78 // indirect
 	github.com/yusufpapurcu/wmi v1.2.4 // indirect
 	go.opentelemetry.io/auto/sdk v1.1.0 // indirect
@@ -143,7 +147,6 @@ require (
 	golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20251219203646-944ab1f22d93 // indirect
 	golang.org/x/mod v0.31.0 // indirect
 	golang.org/x/net v0.48.0 // indirect
-	golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.34.0 // indirect
 	golang.org/x/sync v0.19.0 // indirect
 	golang.org/x/sys v0.39.0 // indirect
 	golang.org/x/text v0.32.0 // indirect

go.sum

@@ -120,6 +120,8 @@ github.com/google/go-cmp v0.5.6/go.mod h1:v8dTdLbMG2kIc/vJvl+f65V22dbkXbowE6jgT/
 github.com/google/go-cmp v0.6.0/go.mod h1:17dUlkBOakJ0+DkrSSNjCkIjxS6bF9zb3elmeNGIjoY=
 github.com/google/go-cmp v0.7.0 h1:wk8382ETsv4JYUZwIsn6YpYiWiBsYLSJiTsyBybVuN8=
 github.com/google/go-cmp v0.7.0/go.mod h1:pXiqmnSA92OHEEa9HXL2W4E7lf9JzCmGVUdgjX3N/iU=
+github.com/google/jsonschema-go v0.4.2 h1:tmrUohrwoLZZS/P3x7ex0WAVknEkBZM46iALbcqoRA8=
+github.com/google/jsonschema-go v0.4.2/go.mod h1:r5quNTdLOYEz95Ru18zA0ydNbBuYoo9tgaYcxEYhJVE=
 github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20250317173921-a4b03ec1a45e h1:ijClszYn+mADRFY17kjQEVQ1XRhq2/JR1M3sGqeJoxs=
 github.com/google/pprof v0.0.0-20250317173921-a4b03ec1a45e/go.mod h1:boTsfXsheKC2y+lKOCMpSfarhxDeIzfZG1jqGcPl3cA=
 github.com/google/uuid v1.3.0/go.mod h1:TIyPZe4MgqvfeYDBFedMoGGpEw/LqOeaOT+nhxU+yHo=
@@ -173,6 +175,8 @@ github.com/lufia/plan9stats v0.0.0-20211012122336-39d0f177ccd0 h1:6E+4a0GO5zZEnZ
 github.com/lufia/plan9stats v0.0.0-20211012122336-39d0f177ccd0/go.mod h1:zJYVVT2jmtg6P3p1VtQj7WsuWi/y4VnjVBn7F8KPB3I=
 github.com/magiconair/properties v1.8.10 h1:s31yESBquKXCV9a/ScB3ESkOjUYYv+X0rg8SYxI99mE=
 github.com/magiconair/properties v1.8.10/go.mod h1:Dhd985XPs7jluiymwWYZ0G4Z61jb3vdS329zhj2hYo0=
+github.com/mark3labs/mcp-go v0.46.0 h1:8KRibF4wcKejbLsHxCA/QBVUr5fQ9nwz/n8lGqmaALo=
+github.com/mark3labs/mcp-go v0.46.0/go.mod h1:JKTC7R2LLVagkEWK7Kwu7DbmA6iIvnNAod6yrHiQMag=
 github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.20 h1:xfD0iDuEKnDkl03q4limB+vH+GxLEtL/jb4xVJSWWEY=
 github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.20/go.mod h1:W+V8PltTTMOvKvAeJH7IuucS94S2C6jfK/D7dTCTo3Y=
 github.com/mattn/go-sqlite3 v1.14.33 h1:A5blZ5ulQo2AtayQ9/limgHEkFreKj1Dv226a1K73s0=
@@ -326,6 +330,8 @@ github.com/xdg-go/scram v1.2.0 h1:bYKF2AEwG5rqd1BumT4gAnvwU/M9nBp2pTSxeZw7Wvs=
 github.com/xdg-go/scram v1.2.0/go.mod h1:3dlrS0iBaWKYVt2ZfA4cj48umJZ+cAEbR6/SjLA88I8=
 github.com/xdg-go/stringprep v1.0.4 h1:XLI/Ng3O1Atzq0oBs3TWm+5ZVgkq2aqdlvP9JtoZ6c8=
 github.com/xdg-go/stringprep v1.0.4/go.mod h1:mPGuuIYwz7CmR2bT9j4GbQqutWS1zV24gijq1dTyGkM=
+github.com/yosida95/uritemplate/v3 v3.0.2 h1:Ed3Oyj9yrmi9087+NczuL5BwkIc4wvTb5zIM+UJPGz4=
+github.com/yosida95/uritemplate/v3 v3.0.2/go.mod h1:ILOh0sOhIJR3+L/8afwt/kE++YT040gmv5BQTMR2HP4=
 github.com/youmark/pkcs8 v0.0.0-20240726163527-a2c0da244d78 h1:ilQV1hzziu+LLM3zUTJ0trRztfwgjqKnBWNtSRkbmwM=
 github.com/youmark/pkcs8 v0.0.0-20240726163527-a2c0da244d78/go.mod h1:aL8wCCfTfSfmXjznFBSZNN13rSJjlIOI1fUNAtF7rmI=
 github.com/yuin/goldmark v1.4.13/go.mod h1:6yULJ656Px+3vBD8DxQVa3kxgyrAnzto9xy5taEt/CY=

pkg/common/adapters/database/bun.go

@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ import (
 	"fmt"
 	"reflect"
 	"strings"
+	"sync"
 	"time"
 
 	"github.com/uptrace/bun"
@@ -95,6 +96,8 @@ func debugScanIntoStruct(rows interface{}, dest interface{}) error {
 // This demonstrates how the abstraction works with different ORMs
 type BunAdapter struct {
 	db         *bun.DB
+	dbMu       sync.RWMutex
+	dbFactory  func() (*bun.DB, error)
 	driverName string
 }
 
@@ -106,10 +109,36 @@ func NewBunAdapter(db *bun.DB) *BunAdapter {
 	return adapter
 }
 
+// WithDBFactory configures a factory used to reopen the database connection if it is closed.
+func (b *BunAdapter) WithDBFactory(factory func() (*bun.DB, error)) *BunAdapter {
+	b.dbFactory = factory
+	return b
+}
+
+func (b *BunAdapter) getDB() *bun.DB {
+	b.dbMu.RLock()
+	defer b.dbMu.RUnlock()
+	return b.db
+}
+
+func (b *BunAdapter) reconnectDB() error {
+	if b.dbFactory == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no db factory configured for reconnect")
+	}
+	newDB, err := b.dbFactory()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	b.dbMu.Lock()
+	b.db = newDB
+	b.dbMu.Unlock()
+	return nil
+}
+
 // EnableQueryDebug enables query debugging which logs all SQL queries including preloads
 // This is useful for debugging preload queries that may be failing
 func (b *BunAdapter) EnableQueryDebug() {
-	b.db.AddQueryHook(&QueryDebugHook{})
+	b.getDB().AddQueryHook(&QueryDebugHook{})
 	logger.Info("Bun query debug mode enabled - all SQL queries will be logged")
 }
 
@@ -130,22 +159,22 @@ func (b *BunAdapter) DisableQueryDebug() {
 
 func (b *BunAdapter) NewSelect() common.SelectQuery {
 	return &BunSelectQuery{
-		query:      b.db.NewSelect(),
+		query:      b.getDB().NewSelect(),
 		db:         b.db,
 		driverName: b.driverName,
 	}
 }
 
 func (b *BunAdapter) NewInsert() common.InsertQuery {
-	return &BunInsertQuery{query: b.db.NewInsert()}
+	return &BunInsertQuery{query: b.getDB().NewInsert()}
 }
 
 func (b *BunAdapter) NewUpdate() common.UpdateQuery {
-	return &BunUpdateQuery{query: b.db.NewUpdate()}
+	return &BunUpdateQuery{query: b.getDB().NewUpdate()}
 }
 
 func (b *BunAdapter) NewDelete() common.DeleteQuery {
-	return &BunDeleteQuery{query: b.db.NewDelete()}
+	return &BunDeleteQuery{query: b.getDB().NewDelete()}
 }
 
 func (b *BunAdapter) Exec(ctx context.Context, query string, args ...interface{}) (res common.Result, err error) {
@@ -154,7 +183,14 @@ func (b *BunAdapter) Exec(ctx context.Context, query string, args ...interface{}
 			err = logger.HandlePanic("BunAdapter.Exec", r)
 		}
 	}()
-	result, err := b.db.ExecContext(ctx, query, args...)
+	var result sql.Result
+	run := func() error { var e error; result, e = b.getDB().ExecContext(ctx, query, args...); return e }
+	err = run()
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := b.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = run()
+		}
+	}
 	return &BunResult{result: result}, err
 }
 
@@ -164,11 +200,17 @@ func (b *BunAdapter) Query(ctx context.Context, dest interface{}, query string,
 			err = logger.HandlePanic("BunAdapter.Query", r)
 		}
 	}()
-	return b.db.NewRaw(query, args...).Scan(ctx, dest)
+	err = b.getDB().NewRaw(query, args...).Scan(ctx, dest)
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := b.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = b.getDB().NewRaw(query, args...).Scan(ctx, dest)
+		}
+	}
+	return err
 }
 
 func (b *BunAdapter) BeginTx(ctx context.Context) (common.Database, error) {
-	tx, err := b.db.BeginTx(ctx, &sql.TxOptions{})
+	tx, err := b.getDB().BeginTx(ctx, &sql.TxOptions{})
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
@@ -194,7 +236,7 @@ func (b *BunAdapter) RunInTransaction(ctx context.Context, fn func(common.Databa
 			err = logger.HandlePanic("BunAdapter.RunInTransaction", r)
 		}
 	}()
-	return b.db.RunInTx(ctx, &sql.TxOptions{}, func(ctx context.Context, tx bun.Tx) error {
+	return b.getDB().RunInTx(ctx, &sql.TxOptions{}, func(ctx context.Context, tx bun.Tx) error {
 		// Create adapter with transaction
 		adapter := &BunTxAdapter{tx: tx, driverName: b.driverName}
 		return fn(adapter)
@@ -202,7 +244,7 @@ func (b *BunAdapter) RunInTransaction(ctx context.Context, fn func(common.Databa
 }
 
 func (b *BunAdapter) GetUnderlyingDB() interface{} {
-	return b.db
+	return b.getDB()
 }
 
 func (b *BunAdapter) DriverName() string {

pkg/common/adapters/database/pgsql.go

@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ import (
 	"fmt"
 	"reflect"
 	"strings"
+	"sync"
 
 	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/common"
 	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/logger"
@@ -17,6 +18,8 @@ import (
 // This provides a lightweight PostgreSQL adapter without ORM overhead
 type PgSQLAdapter struct {
 	db         *sql.DB
+	dbMu       sync.RWMutex
+	dbFactory  func() (*sql.DB, error)
 	driverName string
 }
 
@@ -31,6 +34,36 @@ func NewPgSQLAdapter(db *sql.DB, driverName ...string) *PgSQLAdapter {
 	return &PgSQLAdapter{db: db, driverName: name}
 }
 
+// WithDBFactory configures a factory used to reopen the database connection if it is closed.
+func (p *PgSQLAdapter) WithDBFactory(factory func() (*sql.DB, error)) *PgSQLAdapter {
+	p.dbFactory = factory
+	return p
+}
+
+func (p *PgSQLAdapter) getDB() *sql.DB {
+	p.dbMu.RLock()
+	defer p.dbMu.RUnlock()
+	return p.db
+}
+
+func (p *PgSQLAdapter) reconnectDB() error {
+	if p.dbFactory == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no db factory configured for reconnect")
+	}
+	newDB, err := p.dbFactory()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	p.dbMu.Lock()
+	p.db = newDB
+	p.dbMu.Unlock()
+	return nil
+}
+
+func isDBClosed(err error) bool {
+	return err != nil && strings.Contains(err.Error(), "sql: database is closed")
+}
+
 // EnableQueryDebug enables query debugging for development
 func (p *PgSQLAdapter) EnableQueryDebug() {
 	logger.Info("PgSQL query debug mode - logging enabled via logger")
@@ -38,7 +71,7 @@ func (p *PgSQLAdapter) EnableQueryDebug() {
 
 func (p *PgSQLAdapter) NewSelect() common.SelectQuery {
 	return &PgSQLSelectQuery{
-		db:         p.db,
+		db:         p.getDB(),
 		driverName: p.driverName,
 		columns:    []string{"*"},
 		args:       make([]interface{}, 0),
@@ -47,7 +80,7 @@ func (p *PgSQLAdapter) NewSelect() common.SelectQuery {
 
 func (p *PgSQLAdapter) NewInsert() common.InsertQuery {
 	return &PgSQLInsertQuery{
-		db:         p.db,
+		db:         p.getDB(),
 		driverName: p.driverName,
 		values:     make(map[string]interface{}),
 	}
@@ -55,7 +88,7 @@ func (p *PgSQLAdapter) NewInsert() common.InsertQuery {
 
 func (p *PgSQLAdapter) NewUpdate() common.UpdateQuery {
 	return &PgSQLUpdateQuery{
-		db:           p.db,
+		db:           p.getDB(),
 		driverName:   p.driverName,
 		sets:         make(map[string]interface{}),
 		args:         make([]interface{}, 0),
@@ -65,7 +98,7 @@ func (p *PgSQLAdapter) NewUpdate() common.UpdateQuery {
 
 func (p *PgSQLAdapter) NewDelete() common.DeleteQuery {
 	return &PgSQLDeleteQuery{
-		db:           p.db,
+		db:           p.getDB(),
 		driverName:   p.driverName,
 		args:         make([]interface{}, 0),
 		whereClauses: make([]string, 0),
@@ -79,7 +112,14 @@ func (p *PgSQLAdapter) Exec(ctx context.Context, query string, args ...interface
 		}
 	}()
 	logger.Debug("PgSQL Exec: %s [args: %v]", query, args)
-	result, err := p.db.ExecContext(ctx, query, args...)
+	var result sql.Result
+	run := func() error { var e error; result, e = p.getDB().ExecContext(ctx, query, args...); return e }
+	err = run()
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := p.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = run()
+		}
+	}
 	if err != nil {
 		logger.Error("PgSQL Exec failed: %v", err)
 		return nil, err
@@ -94,7 +134,14 @@ func (p *PgSQLAdapter) Query(ctx context.Context, dest interface{}, query string
 		}
 	}()
 	logger.Debug("PgSQL Query: %s [args: %v]", query, args)
-	rows, err := p.db.QueryContext(ctx, query, args...)
+	var rows *sql.Rows
+	run := func() error { var e error; rows, e = p.getDB().QueryContext(ctx, query, args...); return e }
+	err = run()
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := p.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = run()
+		}
+	}
 	if err != nil {
 		logger.Error("PgSQL Query failed: %v", err)
 		return err
@@ -105,7 +152,7 @@ func (p *PgSQLAdapter) Query(ctx context.Context, dest interface{}, query string
 }
 
 func (p *PgSQLAdapter) BeginTx(ctx context.Context) (common.Database, error) {
-	tx, err := p.db.BeginTx(ctx, nil)
+	tx, err := p.getDB().BeginTx(ctx, nil)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
@@ -127,7 +174,7 @@ func (p *PgSQLAdapter) RunInTransaction(ctx context.Context, fn func(common.Data
 		}
 	}()
 
-	tx, err := p.db.BeginTx(ctx, nil)
+	tx, err := p.getDB().BeginTx(ctx, nil)
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}

pkg/common/recursive_crud.go

@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ func (p *NestedCUDProcessor) ProcessNestedCUD(
 		}
 	}
 
-	// Filter regularData to only include fields that exist in the model
+	// Filter regularData to only include fields that exist in the model,
-	// Use MapToStruct to validate and filter fields
+	// and translate JSON keys to their actual database column names.
 	regularData = p.filterValidFields(regularData, model)
 
 	// Inject parent IDs for foreign key resolution
@@ -191,14 +191,15 @@ func (p *NestedCUDProcessor) extractCRUDRequest(data map[string]interface{}) str
 	return ""
 }
 
-// filterValidFields filters input data to only include fields that exist in the model
+// filterValidFields filters input data to only include fields that exist in the model,
-// Uses reflection.MapToStruct to validate fields and extract only those that match the model
+// and translates JSON key names to their actual database column names.
+// For example, a field tagged `json:"_changed_date" bun:"changed_date"` will be
+// included in the result as "changed_date", not "_changed_date".
 func (p *NestedCUDProcessor) filterValidFields(data map[string]interface{}, model interface{}) map[string]interface{} {
 	if len(data) == 0 {
 		return data
 	}
 
-	// Create a new instance of the model to use with MapToStruct
 	modelType := reflect.TypeOf(model)
 	for modelType != nil && (modelType.Kind() == reflect.Ptr || modelType.Kind() == reflect.Slice || modelType.Kind() == reflect.Array) {
 		modelType = modelType.Elem()
@@ -208,25 +209,16 @@ func (p *NestedCUDProcessor) filterValidFields(data map[string]interface{}, mode
 		return data
 	}
 
-	// Create a new instance of the model
+	// Build a mapping from JSON key -> DB column name for all writable fields.
-	tempModel := reflect.New(modelType).Interface()
+	// This both validates which fields belong to the model and translates their names
+	// to the correct column names for use in SQL insert/update queries.
+	jsonToDBCol := reflection.BuildJSONToDBColumnMap(modelType)
 
-	// Use MapToStruct to map the data - this will only map valid fields
-	err := reflection.MapToStruct(data, tempModel)
-	if err != nil {
-		logger.Debug("Error mapping data to model: %v", err)
-		return data
-	}
-
-	// Extract the mapped fields back into a map
-	// This effectively filters out any fields that don't exist in the model
 	filteredData := make(map[string]interface{})
-	tempModelValue := reflect.ValueOf(tempModel).Elem()
-
 	for key, value := range data {
-		// Check if the field was successfully mapped
+		dbColName, exists := jsonToDBCol[key]
-		if fieldWasMapped(tempModelValue, modelType, key) {
+		if exists {
-			filteredData[key] = value
+			filteredData[dbColName] = value
 		} else {
 			logger.Debug("Skipping invalid field '%s' - not found in model %v", key, modelType)
 		}
@@ -235,72 +227,8 @@ func (p *NestedCUDProcessor) filterValidFields(data map[string]interface{}, mode
 	return filteredData
 }
 
-// fieldWasMapped checks if a field with the given key was mapped to the model
+// injectForeignKeys injects parent IDs into data for foreign key fields.
-func fieldWasMapped(modelValue reflect.Value, modelType reflect.Type, key string) bool {
+// data is expected to be keyed by DB column names (as returned by filterValidFields).
-	// Look for the field by JSON tag or field name
-	for i := 0; i < modelType.NumField(); i++ {
-		field := modelType.Field(i)
-
-		// Skip unexported fields
-		if !field.IsExported() {
-			continue
-		}
-
-		// Check JSON tag
-		jsonTag := field.Tag.Get("json")
-		if jsonTag != "" && jsonTag != "-" {
-			parts := strings.Split(jsonTag, ",")
-			if len(parts) > 0 && parts[0] == key {
-				return true
-			}
-		}
-
-		// Check bun tag
-		bunTag := field.Tag.Get("bun")
-		if bunTag != "" && bunTag != "-" {
-			if colName := reflection.ExtractColumnFromBunTag(bunTag); colName == key {
-				return true
-			}
-		}
-
-		// Check gorm tag
-		gormTag := field.Tag.Get("gorm")
-		if gormTag != "" && gormTag != "-" {
-			if colName := reflection.ExtractColumnFromGormTag(gormTag); colName == key {
-				return true
-			}
-		}
-
-		// Check lowercase field name
-		if strings.EqualFold(field.Name, key) {
-			return true
-		}
-
-		// Handle embedded structs recursively
-		if field.Anonymous {
-			fieldType := field.Type
-			if fieldType.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
-				fieldType = fieldType.Elem()
-			}
-			if fieldType.Kind() == reflect.Struct {
-				embeddedValue := modelValue.Field(i)
-				if embeddedValue.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
-					if embeddedValue.IsNil() {
-						continue
-					}
-					embeddedValue = embeddedValue.Elem()
-				}
-				if fieldWasMapped(embeddedValue, fieldType, key) {
-					return true
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	return false
-}
-
-// injectForeignKeys injects parent IDs into data for foreign key fields
 func (p *NestedCUDProcessor) injectForeignKeys(data map[string]interface{}, modelType reflect.Type, parentIDs map[string]interface{}) {
 	if len(parentIDs) == 0 {
 		return
@@ -319,10 +247,11 @@ func (p *NestedCUDProcessor) injectForeignKeys(data map[string]interface{}, mode
 			if strings.EqualFold(jsonName, parentKey+"_id") ||
 				strings.EqualFold(jsonName, parentKey+"id") ||
 				strings.EqualFold(field.Name, parentKey+"ID") {
-				// Only inject if not already present
+				// Use the DB column name as the key, since data is keyed by DB column names
-				if _, exists := data[jsonName]; !exists {
+				dbColName := reflection.GetColumnName(field)
-					logger.Debug("Injecting foreign key: %s = %v", jsonName, parentID)
+				if _, exists := data[dbColName]; !exists {
-					data[jsonName] = parentID
+					logger.Debug("Injecting foreign key: %s = %v", dbColName, parentID)
+					data[dbColName] = parentID
 				}
 			}
 		}

pkg/common/sql_helpers.go

@@ -168,16 +168,17 @@ func SanitizeWhereClause(where string, tableName string, options ...*RequestOpti
 	}
 
 	// Build a set of allowed table prefixes (main table + preloaded relations)
+	// Keys are stored lowercase for case-insensitive matching
 	allowedPrefixes := make(map[string]bool)
 	if tableName != "" {
-		allowedPrefixes[tableName] = true
+		allowedPrefixes[strings.ToLower(tableName)] = true
 	}
 
 	// Add preload relation names as allowed prefixes
 	if len(options) > 0 && options[0] != nil {
 		for pi := range options[0].Preload {
 			if options[0].Preload[pi].Relation != "" {
-				allowedPrefixes[options[0].Preload[pi].Relation] = true
+				allowedPrefixes[strings.ToLower(options[0].Preload[pi].Relation)] = true
 				logger.Debug("Added preload relation '%s' as allowed table prefix", options[0].Preload[pi].Relation)
 			}
 		}
@@ -185,7 +186,7 @@ func SanitizeWhereClause(where string, tableName string, options ...*RequestOpti
 		// Add join aliases as allowed prefixes
 		for _, alias := range options[0].JoinAliases {
 			if alias != "" {
-				allowedPrefixes[alias] = true
+				allowedPrefixes[strings.ToLower(alias)] = true
 				logger.Debug("Added join alias '%s' as allowed table prefix", alias)
 			}
 		}
@@ -217,8 +218,8 @@ func SanitizeWhereClause(where string, tableName string, options ...*RequestOpti
 			currentPrefix, columnName := extractTableAndColumn(condToCheck)
 
 			if currentPrefix != "" && columnName != "" {
-				// Check if the prefix is allowed (main table or preload relation)
+				// Check if the prefix is allowed (main table or preload relation) - case-insensitive
-				if !allowedPrefixes[currentPrefix] {
+				if !allowedPrefixes[strings.ToLower(currentPrefix)] {
 					// Prefix is not in the allowed list - only fix if it's a valid column in the main table
 					if validColumns == nil || isValidColumn(columnName, validColumns) {
 						// Replace the incorrect prefix with the correct main table name

pkg/dbmanager/connection.go

@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ type Connection interface {
 	Bun() (*bun.DB, error)
 	GORM() (*gorm.DB, error)
 	Native() (*sql.DB, error)
+	DB() (*sql.DB, error)
 
 	// Common Database interface (for SQL databases)
 	Database() (common.Database, error)
@@ -224,6 +225,11 @@ func (c *sqlConnection) Native() (*sql.DB, error) {
 	return c.nativeDB, nil
 }
 
+// DB returns the underlying *sql.DB connection
+func (c *sqlConnection) DB() (*sql.DB, error) {
+	return c.Native()
+}
+
 // Bun returns a Bun ORM instance wrapping the native connection
 func (c *sqlConnection) Bun() (*bun.DB, error) {
 	if c == nil {
@@ -645,6 +651,11 @@ func (c *mongoConnection) Native() (*sql.DB, error) {
 	return nil, ErrNotSQLDatabase
 }
 
+// DB returns an error for MongoDB connections
+func (c *mongoConnection) DB() (*sql.DB, error) {
+	return nil, ErrNotSQLDatabase
+}
+
 // Database returns an error for MongoDB connections
 func (c *mongoConnection) Database() (common.Database, error) {
 	return nil, ErrNotSQLDatabase

pkg/dbmanager/providers/postgres_listener_example_test.go

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ package providers_test
 import (
 	"context"
 	"fmt"
+	"log"
 	"time"
 
 	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/dbmanager"
@@ -29,14 +30,14 @@ func ExamplePostgresListener_basic() {
 	ctx := context.Background()
 
 	if err := provider.Connect(ctx, cfg); err != nil {
-		panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to connect: %v", err))
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to connect: %v", err)
 	}
 	defer provider.Close()
 
 	// Get listener
 	listener, err := provider.GetListener(ctx)
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to get listener: %v", err))
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to get listener: %v", err)
 	}
 
 	// Subscribe to a channel with a handler
@@ -44,13 +45,13 @@ func ExamplePostgresListener_basic() {
 		fmt.Printf("Received notification on %s: %s\n", channel, payload)
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to listen: %v", err))
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to listen: %v", err)
 	}
 
 	// Send a notification
 	err = listener.Notify(ctx, "user_events", `{"event":"user_created","user_id":123}`)
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to notify: %v", err))
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to notify: %v", err)
 	}
 
 	// Wait for notification to be processed
@@ -58,7 +59,7 @@ func ExamplePostgresListener_basic() {
 
 	// Unsubscribe from the channel
 	if err := listener.Unlisten("user_events"); err != nil {
-		panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to unlisten: %v", err))
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to unlisten: %v", err)
 	}
 }
 
@@ -80,13 +81,13 @@ func ExamplePostgresListener_multipleChannels() {
 	ctx := context.Background()
 
 	if err := provider.Connect(ctx, cfg); err != nil {
-		panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to connect: %v", err))
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to connect: %v", err)
 	}
 	defer provider.Close()
 
 	listener, err := provider.GetListener(ctx)
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to get listener: %v", err))
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to get listener: %v", err)
 	}
 
 	// Listen to multiple channels
@@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ func ExamplePostgresListener_multipleChannels() {
 			fmt.Printf("[%s] %s\n", ch, payload)
 		})
 		if err != nil {
-			panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to listen on %s: %v", channel, err))
+			log.Fatalf("Failed to listen on %s: %v", channel, err)
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -140,14 +141,14 @@ func ExamplePostgresListener_withDBManager() {
 
 	provider := providers.NewPostgresProvider()
 	if err := provider.Connect(ctx, cfg); err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 	defer provider.Close()
 
 	// Get listener
 	listener, err := provider.GetListener(ctx)
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Subscribe to application events
@@ -186,13 +187,13 @@ func ExamplePostgresListener_errorHandling() {
 	ctx := context.Background()
 
 	if err := provider.Connect(ctx, cfg); err != nil {
-		panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to connect: %v", err))
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to connect: %v", err)
 	}
 	defer provider.Close()
 
 	listener, err := provider.GetListener(ctx)
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(fmt.Sprintf("Failed to get listener: %v", err))
+		log.Fatalf("Failed to get listener: %v", err)
 	}
 
 	// The listener automatically reconnects if the connection is lost

pkg/dbmanager/providers/provider.go

@@ -4,11 +4,17 @@ import (
 	"context"
 	"database/sql"
 	"errors"
+	"strings"
 	"time"
 
 	"go.mongodb.org/mongo-driver/mongo"
 )
 
+// isDBClosed reports whether err indicates the *sql.DB has been closed.
+func isDBClosed(err error) bool {
+	return err != nil && strings.Contains(err.Error(), "sql: database is closed")
+}
+
 // Common errors
 var (
 	// ErrNotSQLDatabase is returned when attempting SQL operations on a non-SQL database

pkg/dbmanager/providers/sqlite.go

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ import (
 	"context"
 	"database/sql"
 	"fmt"
+	"sync"
 	"time"
 
 	_ "github.com/glebarez/sqlite" // Pure Go SQLite driver
@@ -15,6 +16,8 @@ import (
 // SQLiteProvider implements Provider for SQLite databases
 type SQLiteProvider struct {
 	db        *sql.DB
+	dbMu      sync.RWMutex
+	dbFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
 	config    ConnectionConfig
 }
 
@@ -129,7 +132,13 @@ func (p *SQLiteProvider) HealthCheck(ctx context.Context) error {
 
 	// Execute a simple query to verify the database is accessible
 	var result int
-	err := p.db.QueryRowContext(healthCtx, "SELECT 1").Scan(&result)
+	run := func() error { return p.getDB().QueryRowContext(healthCtx, "SELECT 1").Scan(&result) }
+	err := run()
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := p.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = run()
+		}
+	}
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("health check failed: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -141,6 +150,32 @@ func (p *SQLiteProvider) HealthCheck(ctx context.Context) error {
 	return nil
 }
 
+// WithDBFactory configures a factory used to reopen the database connection if it is closed.
+func (p *SQLiteProvider) WithDBFactory(factory func() (*sql.DB, error)) *SQLiteProvider {
+	p.dbFactory = factory
+	return p
+}
+
+func (p *SQLiteProvider) getDB() *sql.DB {
+	p.dbMu.RLock()
+	defer p.dbMu.RUnlock()
+	return p.db
+}
+
+func (p *SQLiteProvider) reconnectDB() error {
+	if p.dbFactory == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no db factory configured for reconnect")
+	}
+	newDB, err := p.dbFactory()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	p.dbMu.Lock()
+	p.db = newDB
+	p.dbMu.Unlock()
+	return nil
+}
+
 // GetNative returns the native *sql.DB connection
 func (p *SQLiteProvider) GetNative() (*sql.DB, error) {
 	if p.db == nil {

pkg/reflection/model_utils.go

@@ -196,6 +196,92 @@ func collectColumnsFromType(typ reflect.Type, columns *[]string) {
 	}
 }
 
+// GetColumnName extracts the database column name from a struct field.
+// Priority: bun tag -> gorm tag -> json tag -> lowercase field name.
+// This is the exported version for use by other packages.
+func GetColumnName(field reflect.StructField) string {
+	return getColumnNameFromField(field)
+}
+
+// BuildJSONToDBColumnMap returns a map from JSON key names to database column names
+// for the given model type. Only writable, non-relation fields are included.
+// This is used to translate incoming request data (keyed by JSON names) into
+// properly named database columns before insert/update operations.
+func BuildJSONToDBColumnMap(modelType reflect.Type) map[string]string {
+	result := make(map[string]string)
+	buildJSONToDBMap(modelType, result, false)
+	return result
+}
+
+func buildJSONToDBMap(modelType reflect.Type, result map[string]string, scanOnly bool) {
+	for i := 0; i < modelType.NumField(); i++ {
+		field := modelType.Field(i)
+		if !field.IsExported() {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		bunTag := field.Tag.Get("bun")
+		gormTag := field.Tag.Get("gorm")
+
+		// Handle embedded structs
+		if field.Anonymous {
+			ft := field.Type
+			if ft.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+				ft = ft.Elem()
+			}
+			isScanOnly := scanOnly
+			if bunTag != "" && isBunFieldScanOnly(bunTag) {
+				isScanOnly = true
+			}
+			if ft.Kind() == reflect.Struct {
+				buildJSONToDBMap(ft, result, isScanOnly)
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+
+		if scanOnly {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Skip explicitly excluded fields
+		if bunTag == "-" || gormTag == "-" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Skip scan-only fields
+		if bunTag != "" && isBunFieldScanOnly(bunTag) {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Skip bun relation fields
+		if bunTag != "" && (strings.Contains(bunTag, "rel:") || strings.Contains(bunTag, "join:") || strings.Contains(bunTag, "m2m:")) {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Skip gorm relation fields
+		if gormTag != "" && (strings.Contains(gormTag, "foreignKey:") || strings.Contains(gormTag, "references:") || strings.Contains(gormTag, "many2many:")) {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Get JSON key (how the field appears in incoming request data)
+		jsonKey := ""
+		if jsonTag := field.Tag.Get("json"); jsonTag != "" && jsonTag != "-" {
+			parts := strings.Split(jsonTag, ",")
+			if len(parts) > 0 && parts[0] != "" {
+				jsonKey = parts[0]
+			}
+		}
+		if jsonKey == "" {
+			jsonKey = strings.ToLower(field.Name)
+		}
+
+		// Get the actual DB column name (bun > gorm > json > field name)
+		dbColName := getColumnNameFromField(field)
+
+		result[jsonKey] = dbColName
+	}
+}
+
 // getColumnNameFromField extracts the column name from a struct field
 // Priority: bun tag -> gorm tag -> json tag -> lowercase field name
 func getColumnNameFromField(field reflect.StructField) string {

pkg/reflection/model_utils_test.go

@@ -823,12 +823,12 @@ func TestToSnakeCase(t *testing.T) {
 		{
 			name:     "UserID",
 			input:    "UserID",
-			expected: "user_i_d",
+			expected: "user_id",
 		},
 		{
 			name:     "HTTPServer",
 			input:    "HTTPServer",
-			expected: "h_t_t_p_server",
+			expected: "http_server",
 		},
 		{
 			name:     "lowercase",
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ func TestToSnakeCase(t *testing.T) {
 		{
 			name:     "UPPERCASE",
 			input:    "UPPERCASE",
-			expected: "u_p_p_e_r_c_a_s_e",
+			expected: "uppercase",
 		},
 		{
 			name:     "Single",

pkg/resolvemcp/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,671 @@
+# resolvemcp
+
+Package `resolvemcp` exposes registered database models as **Model Context Protocol (MCP) tools and resources** over HTTP/SSE transport. It mirrors the `resolvespec` package patterns — same model registration API, same filter/sort/pagination/preload options, same lifecycle hook system.
+
+## Quick Start
+
+```go
+import (
+    "github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/resolvemcp"
+    "github.com/gorilla/mux"
+)
+
+// 1. Create a handler
+handler := resolvemcp.NewHandlerWithGORM(db, resolvemcp.Config{
+    BaseURL: "http://localhost:8080",
+})
+
+// 2. Register models
+handler.RegisterModel("public", "users", &User{})
+handler.RegisterModel("public", "orders", &Order{})
+
+// 3. Mount routes
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+resolvemcp.SetupMuxRoutes(r, handler)
+```
+
+---
+
+## Config
+
+```go
+type Config struct {
+    // BaseURL is the public-facing base URL of the server (e.g. "http://localhost:8080").
+    // Sent to MCP clients during the SSE handshake so they know where to POST messages.
+    // If empty, it is detected from each incoming request using the Host header and
+    // TLS state (X-Forwarded-Proto is honoured for reverse-proxy deployments).
+    BaseURL string
+
+    // BasePath is the URL path prefix where MCP endpoints are mounted (e.g. "/mcp").
+    // Required.
+    BasePath string
+}
+```
+
+## Handler Creation
+
+| Function | Description |
+|---|---|
+| `NewHandlerWithGORM(db *gorm.DB, cfg Config) *Handler` | Backed by GORM |
+| `NewHandlerWithBun(db *bun.DB, cfg Config) *Handler` | Backed by Bun |
+| `NewHandlerWithDB(db common.Database, cfg Config) *Handler` | Backed by any `common.Database` |
+| `NewHandler(db common.Database, registry common.ModelRegistry, cfg Config) *Handler` | Full control over registry |
+
+---
+
+## Registering Models
+
+```go
+handler.RegisterModel(schema, entity string, model interface{}) error
+```
+
+- `schema` — database schema name (e.g. `"public"`), or empty string for no schema prefix.
+- `entity` — table/entity name (e.g. `"users"`).
+- `model` — a pointer to a struct (e.g. `&User{}`).
+
+Each call immediately creates four MCP **tools** and one MCP **resource** for the model.
+
+---
+
+## HTTP Transports
+
+`Config.BasePath` is required and used for all route registration.
+`Config.BaseURL` is optional — when empty it is detected from each request.
+
+Two transports are supported: **SSE** (legacy, two-endpoint) and **Streamable HTTP** (recommended, single-endpoint).
+
+---
+
+### SSE Transport
+
+Two endpoints: `GET {BasePath}/sse` (subscribe) + `POST {BasePath}/message` (send).
+
+#### Gorilla Mux
+
+```go
+resolvemcp.SetupMuxRoutes(r, handler)
+```
+
+| Route | Method | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `{BasePath}/sse` | GET | SSE connection — clients subscribe here |
+| `{BasePath}/message` | POST | JSON-RPC — clients send requests here |
+
+#### bunrouter
+
+```go
+resolvemcp.SetupBunRouterRoutes(router, handler)
+```
+
+#### Gin / net/http / Echo
+
+```go
+sse := handler.SSEServer()
+
+engine.Any("/mcp/*path", gin.WrapH(sse))  // Gin
+http.Handle("/mcp/", sse)                  // net/http
+e.Any("/mcp/*", echo.WrapHandler(sse))     // Echo
+```
+
+---
+
+### Streamable HTTP Transport
+
+Single endpoint at `{BasePath}`. Handles POST (client→server) and GET (server→client streaming). Preferred for new integrations.
+
+#### Gorilla Mux
+
+```go
+resolvemcp.SetupMuxStreamableHTTPRoutes(r, handler)
+```
+
+Mounts the handler at `{BasePath}` (all methods).
+
+#### bunrouter
+
+```go
+resolvemcp.SetupBunRouterStreamableHTTPRoutes(router, handler)
+```
+
+Registers GET, POST, DELETE on `{BasePath}`.
+
+#### Gin / net/http / Echo
+
+```go
+h := handler.StreamableHTTPServer()
+// or: h := resolvemcp.NewStreamableHTTPHandler(handler)
+
+engine.Any("/mcp", gin.WrapH(h))      // Gin
+http.Handle("/mcp", h)                 // net/http
+e.Any("/mcp", echo.WrapHandler(h))     // Echo
+```
+
+---
+
+## OAuth2 Authentication
+
+`resolvemcp` ships a full **MCP-standard OAuth2 authorization server** (`pkg/security.OAuthServer`) that MCP clients (Claude Desktop, Cursor, etc.) can discover and use automatically.
+
+It can operate as:
+- **Its own identity provider** — shows a login form, validates via `DatabaseAuthenticator.Login()`
+- **An OAuth2 federation layer** — delegates to external providers (Google, GitHub, Microsoft, etc.)
+- **Both simultaneously**
+
+### Standard endpoints served
+
+| Path | Spec | Purpose |
+|---|---|---|
+| `GET /.well-known/oauth-authorization-server` | RFC 8414 | MCP client auto-discovery |
+| `POST /oauth/register` | RFC 7591 | Dynamic client registration |
+| `GET /oauth/authorize` | OAuth 2.1 + PKCE | Start login (form or provider redirect) |
+| `POST /oauth/authorize` | — | Login form submission |
+| `POST /oauth/token` | OAuth 2.1 | Auth code → Bearer token exchange |
+| `POST /oauth/token` (refresh) | OAuth 2.1 | Refresh token rotation |
+| `GET /oauth/provider/callback` | Internal | External provider redirect target |
+
+MCP clients send `Authorization: Bearer <token>` on all subsequent requests.
+
+---
+
+### Mode 1 — Direct login (server as identity provider)
+
+```go
+import "github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/security"
+
+db, _ := sql.Open("postgres", dsn)
+auth := security.NewDatabaseAuthenticator(db)
+
+handler := resolvemcp.NewHandlerWithGORM(gormDB, resolvemcp.Config{
+    BaseURL:  "https://api.example.com",
+    BasePath: "/mcp",
+})
+
+// Enable the OAuth2 server — auth enables the login form
+handler.EnableOAuthServer(security.OAuthServerConfig{
+    Issuer: "https://api.example.com",
+}, auth)
+
+provider, _ := security.NewCompositeSecurityProvider(auth, colSec, rowSec)
+securityList, _ := security.NewSecurityList(provider)
+security.RegisterSecurityHooks(handler, securityList)
+
+http.ListenAndServe(":8080", handler.HTTPHandler(securityList))
+```
+
+MCP client flow:
+1. Discovers server at `/.well-known/oauth-authorization-server`
+2. Registers itself at `/oauth/register`
+3. Redirects user to `/oauth/authorize` → login form appears
+4. On submit, exchanges code at `/oauth/token` → receives `Authorization: Bearer` token
+5. Uses token on all MCP tool calls
+
+---
+
+### Mode 2 — External provider (Google, GitHub, etc.)
+
+The `RedirectURL` in the provider config must point to `/oauth/provider/callback` on this server.
+
+```go
+auth := security.NewDatabaseAuthenticator(db).WithOAuth2(security.OAuth2Config{
+    ClientID:     os.Getenv("GOOGLE_CLIENT_ID"),
+    ClientSecret: os.Getenv("GOOGLE_CLIENT_SECRET"),
+    RedirectURL:  "https://api.example.com/oauth/provider/callback",
+    Scopes:       []string{"openid", "profile", "email"},
+    AuthURL:      "https://accounts.google.com/o/oauth2/auth",
+    TokenURL:     "https://oauth2.googleapis.com/token",
+    UserInfoURL:  "https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v2/userinfo",
+    ProviderName: "google",
+})
+
+// Pass `auth` so the OAuth server supports persistence, introspection, and revocation.
+// Google handles the end-user authentication flow via redirect.
+handler.EnableOAuthServer(security.OAuthServerConfig{
+    Issuer: "https://api.example.com",
+}, auth)
+handler.RegisterOAuth2Provider(auth, "google")
+```
+
+---
+
+### Mode 3 — Both (login form + external providers)
+
+```go
+handler.EnableOAuthServer(security.OAuthServerConfig{
+    Issuer:     "https://api.example.com",
+    LoginTitle: "My App Login",
+}, auth) // auth enables the username/password form
+
+handler.RegisterOAuth2Provider(googleAuth, "google")
+handler.RegisterOAuth2Provider(githubAuth, "github")
+```
+
+When external providers are registered they take priority; the login form is used as fallback when no providers are configured.
+
+---
+
+### Using `security.OAuthServer` standalone
+
+The authorization server lives in `pkg/security` and can be used with any HTTP framework independently of `resolvemcp`:
+
+```go
+oauthSrv := security.NewOAuthServer(security.OAuthServerConfig{
+    Issuer: "https://api.example.com",
+}, auth)
+oauthSrv.RegisterExternalProvider(googleAuth, "google")
+
+mux := http.NewServeMux()
+mux.Handle("/", oauthSrv.HTTPHandler())   // mounts all OAuth2 routes
+mux.Handle("/mcp/", myMCPHandler)
+http.ListenAndServe(":8080", mux)
+```
+
+---
+
+### Cookie-based flow (legacy)
+
+For simple setups without full MCP OAuth2 compliance, use the legacy helpers that set a session cookie after external provider login:
+
+```go
+resolvemcp.SetupMuxOAuth2Routes(r, auth, resolvemcp.OAuth2RouteConfig{
+    ProviderName:       "google",
+    LoginPath:          "/auth/google/login",
+    CallbackPath:       "/auth/google/callback",
+    AfterLoginRedirect: "/",
+})
+resolvemcp.SetupMuxRoutesWithAuth(r, handler, securityList)
+```
+
+---
+
+## Security
+
+`resolvemcp` integrates with the `security` package to provide per-entity access control, row-level security, and column-level security — the same system used by `resolvespec` and `restheadspec`.
+
+### Wiring security hooks
+
+```go
+import "github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/security"
+
+securityList := security.NewSecurityList(mySecurityProvider)
+resolvemcp.RegisterSecurityHooks(handler, securityList)
+```
+
+Call `RegisterSecurityHooks` **once**, after creating the handler and before registering models. It installs these controls automatically:
+
+| Hook | Effect |
+|---|---|
+| `BeforeHandle` | Enforces per-entity operation rules (see below) |
+| `BeforeRead` | Loads RLS/CLS rules, then injects a user-scoped WHERE clause |
+| `AfterRead` | Masks/hides columns per column-security rules; writes audit log |
+| `BeforeUpdate` | Blocks update if `CanUpdate` is false |
+| `BeforeDelete` | Blocks delete if `CanDelete` is false |
+
+### Per-entity operation rules
+
+Use `RegisterModelWithRules` instead of `RegisterModel` to set access rules at registration time:
+
+```go
+import "github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/modelregistry"
+
+// Read-only entity
+handler.RegisterModelWithRules("public", "audit_logs", &AuditLog{}, modelregistry.ModelRules{
+    CanRead:   true,
+    CanCreate: false,
+    CanUpdate: false,
+    CanDelete: false,
+})
+
+// Public read, authenticated write
+handler.RegisterModelWithRules("public", "products", &Product{}, modelregistry.ModelRules{
+    CanPublicRead: true,
+    CanRead:       true,
+    CanCreate:     true,
+    CanUpdate:     true,
+    CanDelete:     false,
+})
+```
+
+To update rules for an already-registered model:
+
+```go
+handler.SetModelRules("public", "users", modelregistry.ModelRules{
+    CanRead:   true,
+    CanCreate: true,
+    CanUpdate: true,
+    CanDelete: false,
+})
+```
+
+`RegisterModel` (no rules) registers with all-allowed defaults (`CanRead/Create/Update/Delete = true`).
+
+### ModelRules fields
+
+| Field | Default | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `CanPublicRead` | `false` | Allow unauthenticated reads |
+| `CanPublicCreate` | `false` | Allow unauthenticated creates |
+| `CanPublicUpdate` | `false` | Allow unauthenticated updates |
+| `CanPublicDelete` | `false` | Allow unauthenticated deletes |
+| `CanRead` | `true` | Allow authenticated reads |
+| `CanCreate` | `true` | Allow authenticated creates |
+| `CanUpdate` | `true` | Allow authenticated updates |
+| `CanDelete` | `true` | Allow authenticated deletes |
+| `SecurityDisabled` | `false` | Skip all security checks for this model |
+
+---
+
+## MCP Tools
+
+### Tool Naming
+
+```
+{operation}_{schema}_{entity}    // e.g. read_public_users
+{operation}_{entity}             // e.g. read_users  (when schema is empty)
+```
+
+Operations: `read`, `create`, `update`, `delete`.
+
+### Read Tool — `read_{schema}_{entity}`
+
+Fetch one or many records.
+
+| Argument | Type | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `id` | string | Primary key value. Omit to return multiple records. |
+| `limit` | number | Max records per page (recommended: 10–100). |
+| `offset` | number | Records to skip (offset-based pagination). |
+| `cursor_forward` | string | PK of the **last** record on the current page (next-page cursor). |
+| `cursor_backward` | string | PK of the **first** record on the current page (prev-page cursor). |
+| `columns` | array | Column names to include. Omit for all columns. |
+| `omit_columns` | array | Column names to exclude. |
+| `filters` | array | Filter objects (see [Filtering](#filtering)). |
+| `sort` | array | Sort objects (see [Sorting](#sorting)). |
+| `preloads` | array | Relation preload objects (see [Preloading](#preloading)). |
+
+**Response:**
+```json
+{
+  "success": true,
+  "data": [...],
+  "metadata": {
+    "total": 100,
+    "filtered": 100,
+    "count": 10,
+    "limit": 10,
+    "offset": 0
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Create Tool — `create_{schema}_{entity}`
+
+Insert one or more records.
+
+| Argument | Type | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `data` | object \| array | Single object or array of objects to insert. |
+
+Array input runs inside a single transaction — all succeed or all fail.
+
+**Response:**
+```json
+{ "success": true, "data": { ... } }
+```
+
+### Update Tool — `update_{schema}_{entity}`
+
+Partially update an existing record. Only non-null, non-empty fields in `data` are applied; existing values are preserved for omitted fields.
+
+| Argument | Type | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `id` | string | Primary key of the record. Can also be included inside `data`. |
+| `data` | object (required) | Fields to update. |
+
+**Response:**
+```json
+{ "success": true, "data": { ...merged record... } }
+```
+
+### Delete Tool — `delete_{schema}_{entity}`
+
+Delete a record by primary key. **Irreversible.**
+
+| Argument | Type | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `id` | string (required) | Primary key of the record to delete. |
+
+**Response:**
+```json
+{ "success": true, "data": { ...deleted record... } }
+```
+
+### Annotation Tool — `resolvespec_annotate`
+
+Store or retrieve freeform annotation records for any tool, model, or entity. Registered automatically on every handler.
+
+| Argument | Type | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `tool_name` | string (required) | Key to annotate — an MCP tool name (e.g. `read_public_users`), a model name (e.g. `public.users`), or any other identifier. |
+| `annotations` | object | Annotation data to persist. Omit to retrieve existing annotations instead. |
+
+**Set annotations** (calls `resolvespec_set_annotation(tool_name, annotations)`):
+```json
+{ "tool_name": "read_public_users", "annotations": { "description": "Returns active users", "owner": "platform-team" } }
+```
+**Response:**
+```json
+{ "success": true, "tool_name": "read_public_users", "action": "set" }
+```
+
+**Get annotations** (calls `resolvespec_get_annotation(tool_name)`):
+```json
+{ "tool_name": "read_public_users" }
+```
+**Response:**
+```json
+{ "success": true, "tool_name": "read_public_users", "action": "get", "annotations": { ... } }
+```
+
+---
+
+### Resource — `{schema}.{entity}`
+
+Each model is also registered as an MCP resource with URI `schema.entity` (or just `entity` when schema is empty). Reading the resource returns up to 100 records as `application/json`.
+
+---
+
+## Filtering
+
+Pass an array of filter objects to the `filters` argument:
+
+```json
+[
+  { "column": "status", "operator": "=", "value": "active" },
+  { "column": "age", "operator": ">", "value": 18, "logic_operator": "AND" },
+  { "column": "role", "operator": "in", "value": ["admin", "editor"], "logic_operator": "OR" }
+]
+```
+
+### Supported Operators
+
+| Operator | Aliases | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `=` | `eq` | Equal |
+| `!=` | `neq`, `<>` | Not equal |
+| `>` | `gt` | Greater than |
+| `>=` | `gte` | Greater than or equal |
+| `<` | `lt` | Less than |
+| `<=` | `lte` | Less than or equal |
+| `like` | | SQL LIKE (case-sensitive) |
+| `ilike` | | SQL ILIKE (case-insensitive) |
+| `in` | | Value in list |
+| `is_null` | | Column IS NULL |
+| `is_not_null` | | Column IS NOT NULL |
+
+### Logic Operators
+
+- `"logic_operator": "AND"` (default) — filter is AND-chained with the previous condition.
+- `"logic_operator": "OR"` — filter is OR-grouped with the previous condition.
+
+Consecutive OR filters are grouped into a single `(cond1 OR cond2 OR ...)` clause.
+
+---
+
+## Sorting
+
+```json
+[
+  { "column": "created_at", "direction": "desc" },
+  { "column": "name", "direction": "asc" }
+]
+```
+
+---
+
+## Pagination
+
+### Offset-Based
+
+```json
+{ "limit": 20, "offset": 40 }
+```
+
+### Cursor-Based
+
+Cursor pagination uses a SQL `EXISTS` subquery for stable, efficient paging. Always pair with a `sort` argument.
+
+```json
+// Next page: pass the PK of the last record on the current page
+{ "cursor_forward": "42", "limit": 20, "sort": [{"column": "id", "direction": "asc"}] }
+
+// Previous page: pass the PK of the first record on the current page
+{ "cursor_backward": "23", "limit": 20, "sort": [{"column": "id", "direction": "asc"}] }
+```
+
+---
+
+## Preloading Relations
+
+```json
+[
+  { "relation": "Profile" },
+  { "relation": "Orders" }
+]
+```
+
+Available relations are listed in each tool's description. Only relations defined on the model struct are valid.
+
+---
+
+## Hook System
+
+Hooks let you intercept and modify CRUD operations at well-defined lifecycle points.
+
+### Hook Types
+
+| Constant | Fires |
+|---|---|
+| `BeforeHandle` | After model resolution, before operation dispatch (all CRUD) |
+| `BeforeRead` / `AfterRead` | Around read queries |
+| `BeforeCreate` / `AfterCreate` | Around insert |
+| `BeforeUpdate` / `AfterUpdate` | Around update |
+| `BeforeDelete` / `AfterDelete` | Around delete |
+
+### Registering Hooks
+
+```go
+handler.Hooks().Register(resolvemcp.BeforeCreate, func(ctx *resolvemcp.HookContext) error {
+    // Inject a timestamp before insert
+    if data, ok := ctx.Data.(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+        data["created_at"] = time.Now()
+    }
+    return nil
+})
+
+// Register the same hook for multiple events
+handler.Hooks().RegisterMultiple(
+    []resolvemcp.HookType{resolvemcp.BeforeCreate, resolvemcp.BeforeUpdate},
+    auditHook,
+)
+```
+
+### HookContext Fields
+
+| Field | Type | Description |
+|---|---|---|
+| `Context` | `context.Context` | Request context |
+| `Handler` | `*Handler` | The resolvemcp handler |
+| `Schema` | `string` | Database schema name |
+| `Entity` | `string` | Entity/table name |
+| `Model` | `interface{}` | Registered model instance |
+| `Options` | `common.RequestOptions` | Parsed request options (read operations) |
+| `Operation` | `string` | `"read"`, `"create"`, `"update"`, or `"delete"` |
+| `ID` | `string` | Primary key from request (read/update/delete) |
+| `Data` | `interface{}` | Input data (create/update — modifiable) |
+| `Result` | `interface{}` | Output data (set by After hooks) |
+| `Error` | `error` | Operation error, if any |
+| `Query` | `common.SelectQuery` | Live query object (available in `BeforeRead`) |
+| `Tx` | `common.Database` | Database/transaction handle |
+| `Abort` | `bool` | Set to `true` to abort the operation |
+| `AbortMessage` | `string` | Error message returned when aborting |
+| `AbortCode` | `int` | Optional status code for the abort |
+
+### Aborting an Operation
+
+```go
+handler.Hooks().Register(resolvemcp.BeforeDelete, func(ctx *resolvemcp.HookContext) error {
+    ctx.Abort = true
+    ctx.AbortMessage = "deletion is disabled"
+    return nil
+})
+```
+
+### Managing Hooks
+
+```go
+registry := handler.Hooks()
+registry.HasHooks(resolvemcp.BeforeCreate)   // bool
+registry.Clear(resolvemcp.BeforeCreate)      // remove hooks for one type
+registry.ClearAll()                          // remove all hooks
+```
+
+---
+
+## Context Helpers
+
+Request metadata is threaded through `context.Context` during handler execution. Hooks and custom tools can read it:
+
+```go
+schema    := resolvemcp.GetSchema(ctx)
+entity    := resolvemcp.GetEntity(ctx)
+tableName := resolvemcp.GetTableName(ctx)
+model     := resolvemcp.GetModel(ctx)
+modelPtr  := resolvemcp.GetModelPtr(ctx)
+```
+
+You can also set values manually (e.g. in middleware):
+
+```go
+ctx = resolvemcp.WithSchema(ctx, "tenant_a")
+```
+
+---
+
+## Adding Custom MCP Tools
+
+Access the underlying `*server.MCPServer` to register additional tools:
+
+```go
+mcpServer := handler.MCPServer()
+mcpServer.AddTool(myTool, myHandler)
+```
+
+---
+
+## Table Name Resolution
+
+The handler resolves table names in priority order:
+
+1. `TableNameProvider` interface — `TableName() string` (can return `"schema.table"`)
+2. `SchemaProvider` interface — `SchemaName() string` (combined with entity name)
+3. Fallback: `schema.entity` (or `schema_entity` for SQLite)

pkg/resolvemcp/annotation.go

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+package resolvemcp
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/mark3labs/mcp-go/mcp"
+)
+
+const annotationToolName = "resolvespec_annotate"
+
+// registerAnnotationTool adds the resolvespec_annotate tool to the MCP server.
+// The tool lets models/entities store and retrieve freeform annotation records
+// using the resolvespec_set_annotation / resolvespec_get_annotation database procedures.
+func registerAnnotationTool(h *Handler) {
+	tool := mcp.NewTool(annotationToolName,
+		mcp.WithDescription(
+			"Store or retrieve annotations for any MCP tool, model, or entity.\n\n"+
+				"To set annotations: provide both 'tool_name' and 'annotations'. "+
+				"Calls resolvespec_set_annotation(tool_name, annotations) to persist the data.\n\n"+
+				"To get annotations: provide only 'tool_name'. "+
+				"Calls resolvespec_get_annotation(tool_name) and returns the stored annotations.\n\n"+
+				"'tool_name' may be any identifier: an MCP tool name (e.g. 'read_public_users'), "+
+				"a model/entity name (e.g. 'public.users'), or any other key.",
+		),
+		mcp.WithString("tool_name",
+			mcp.Description("Name of the tool, model, or entity to annotate (e.g. 'read_public_users', 'public.users')."),
+			mcp.Required(),
+		),
+		mcp.WithObject("annotations",
+			mcp.Description("Annotation data to store. Omit to retrieve existing annotations instead of setting them."),
+		),
+	)
+
+	h.mcpServer.AddTool(tool, func(ctx context.Context, req mcp.CallToolRequest) (*mcp.CallToolResult, error) {
+		args := req.GetArguments()
+
+		toolName, ok := args["tool_name"].(string)
+		if !ok || toolName == "" {
+			return mcp.NewToolResultError("missing required argument: tool_name"), nil
+		}
+
+		annotations, hasAnnotations := args["annotations"]
+
+		if hasAnnotations && annotations != nil {
+			return executeSetAnnotation(ctx, h, toolName, annotations)
+		}
+		return executeGetAnnotation(ctx, h, toolName)
+	})
+}
+
+func executeSetAnnotation(ctx context.Context, h *Handler, toolName string, annotations interface{}) (*mcp.CallToolResult, error) {
+	jsonBytes, err := json.Marshal(annotations)
+	if err != nil {
+		return mcp.NewToolResultError(fmt.Sprintf("failed to marshal annotations: %v", err)), nil
+	}
+
+	_, err = h.db.Exec(ctx, "SELECT resolvespec_set_annotation($1, $2)", toolName, string(jsonBytes))
+	if err != nil {
+		return mcp.NewToolResultError(fmt.Sprintf("failed to set annotation: %v", err)), nil
+	}
+
+	return marshalResult(map[string]interface{}{
+		"success":   true,
+		"tool_name": toolName,
+		"action":    "set",
+	})
+}
+
+func executeGetAnnotation(ctx context.Context, h *Handler, toolName string) (*mcp.CallToolResult, error) {
+	var rows []map[string]interface{}
+	err := h.db.Query(ctx, &rows, "SELECT resolvespec_get_annotation($1)", toolName)
+	if err != nil {
+		return mcp.NewToolResultError(fmt.Sprintf("failed to get annotation: %v", err)), nil
+	}
+
+	var annotations interface{}
+	if len(rows) > 0 {
+		// The procedure returns a single value; extract the first column of the first row.
+		for _, v := range rows[0] {
+			annotations = v
+			break
+		}
+	}
+
+	// If the value is a []byte or string containing JSON, decode it so it round-trips cleanly.
+	switch v := annotations.(type) {
+	case []byte:
+		var decoded interface{}
+		if json.Unmarshal(v, &decoded) == nil {
+			annotations = decoded
+		}
+	case string:
+		var decoded interface{}
+		if json.Unmarshal([]byte(v), &decoded) == nil {
+			annotations = decoded
+		}
+	}
+
+	return marshalResult(map[string]interface{}{
+		"success":     true,
+		"tool_name":   toolName,
+		"action":      "get",
+		"annotations": annotations,
+	})
+}

pkg/resolvemcp/context.go

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+package resolvemcp
+
+import "context"
+
+type contextKey string
+
+const (
+	contextKeySchema    contextKey = "schema"
+	contextKeyEntity    contextKey = "entity"
+	contextKeyTableName contextKey = "tableName"
+	contextKeyModel     contextKey = "model"
+	contextKeyModelPtr  contextKey = "modelPtr"
+)
+
+func WithSchema(ctx context.Context, schema string) context.Context {
+	return context.WithValue(ctx, contextKeySchema, schema)
+}
+
+func GetSchema(ctx context.Context) string {
+	if v := ctx.Value(contextKeySchema); v != nil {
+		return v.(string)
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+func WithEntity(ctx context.Context, entity string) context.Context {
+	return context.WithValue(ctx, contextKeyEntity, entity)
+}
+
+func GetEntity(ctx context.Context) string {
+	if v := ctx.Value(contextKeyEntity); v != nil {
+		return v.(string)
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+func WithTableName(ctx context.Context, tableName string) context.Context {
+	return context.WithValue(ctx, contextKeyTableName, tableName)
+}
+
+func GetTableName(ctx context.Context) string {
+	if v := ctx.Value(contextKeyTableName); v != nil {
+		return v.(string)
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+func WithModel(ctx context.Context, model interface{}) context.Context {
+	return context.WithValue(ctx, contextKeyModel, model)
+}
+
+func GetModel(ctx context.Context) interface{} {
+	return ctx.Value(contextKeyModel)
+}
+
+func WithModelPtr(ctx context.Context, modelPtr interface{}) context.Context {
+	return context.WithValue(ctx, contextKeyModelPtr, modelPtr)
+}
+
+func GetModelPtr(ctx context.Context) interface{} {
+	return ctx.Value(contextKeyModelPtr)
+}
+
+func withRequestData(ctx context.Context, schema, entity, tableName string, model, modelPtr interface{}) context.Context {
+	ctx = WithSchema(ctx, schema)
+	ctx = WithEntity(ctx, entity)
+	ctx = WithTableName(ctx, tableName)
+	ctx = WithModel(ctx, model)
+	ctx = WithModelPtr(ctx, modelPtr)
+	return ctx
+}

pkg/resolvemcp/cursor.go

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+package resolvemcp
+
+// Cursor-based pagination adapted from pkg/resolvespec/cursor.go.
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/common"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/logger"
+)
+
+type cursorDirection int
+
+const (
+	cursorForward  cursorDirection = 1
+	cursorBackward cursorDirection = -1
+)
+
+// getCursorFilter generates a SQL EXISTS subquery for cursor-based pagination.
+// expandJoins is an optional map[alias]string of JOIN clauses for join-column sort support.
+func getCursorFilter(
+	tableName string,
+	pkName string,
+	modelColumns []string,
+	options common.RequestOptions,
+	expandJoins map[string]string,
+) (string, error) {
+	fullTableName := tableName
+	if strings.Contains(tableName, ".") {
+		tableName = strings.SplitN(tableName, ".", 2)[1]
+	}
+
+	cursorID, direction := getActiveCursor(options)
+	if cursorID == "" {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("no cursor provided for table %s", tableName)
+	}
+
+	sortItems := options.Sort
+	if len(sortItems) == 0 {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("no sort columns defined")
+	}
+
+	var whereClauses []string
+	joinSQL := ""
+	reverse := direction < 0
+
+	for _, s := range sortItems {
+		col := strings.Trim(strings.TrimSpace(s.Column), "()")
+		if col == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		parts := strings.Split(col, ".")
+		field := strings.TrimSpace(parts[len(parts)-1])
+		prefix := strings.Join(parts[:len(parts)-1], ".")
+
+		desc := strings.EqualFold(s.Direction, "desc")
+		if reverse {
+			desc = !desc
+		}
+
+		cursorCol, targetCol, isJoin, err := resolveCursorColumn(field, prefix, tableName, modelColumns)
+		if err != nil {
+			logger.Warn("Skipping invalid sort column %q: %v", col, err)
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if isJoin {
+			if expandJoins != nil {
+				if joinClause, ok := expandJoins[prefix]; ok {
+					jSQL, cRef := rewriteCursorJoin(joinClause, tableName, prefix)
+					joinSQL = jSQL
+					cursorCol = cRef + "." + field
+					targetCol = prefix + "." + field
+				}
+			}
+			if cursorCol == "" {
+				logger.Warn("Skipping cursor sort column %q: join alias %q not in expandJoins", col, prefix)
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+
+		op := "<"
+		if desc {
+			op = ">"
+		}
+		whereClauses = append(whereClauses, fmt.Sprintf("%s %s %s", cursorCol, op, targetCol))
+	}
+
+	if len(whereClauses) == 0 {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("no valid sort columns after filtering")
+	}
+
+	orSQL := buildCursorPriorityChain(whereClauses)
+
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`EXISTS (
+  SELECT 1
+  FROM %s cursor_select
+  %s
+  WHERE cursor_select.%s = %s
+    AND (%s)
+)`,
+		fullTableName,
+		joinSQL,
+		pkName,
+		cursorID,
+		orSQL,
+	)
+
+	return query, nil
+}
+
+func getActiveCursor(options common.RequestOptions) (id string, direction cursorDirection) {
+	if options.CursorForward != "" {
+		return options.CursorForward, cursorForward
+	}
+	if options.CursorBackward != "" {
+		return options.CursorBackward, cursorBackward
+	}
+	return "", 0
+}
+
+func resolveCursorColumn(field, prefix, tableName string, modelColumns []string) (cursorCol, targetCol string, isJoin bool, err error) {
+	if strings.Contains(field, "->") {
+		return "cursor_select." + field, tableName + "." + field, false, nil
+	}
+
+	if modelColumns != nil {
+		for _, col := range modelColumns {
+			if strings.EqualFold(col, field) {
+				return "cursor_select." + field, tableName + "." + field, false, nil
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		return "cursor_select." + field, tableName + "." + field, false, nil
+	}
+
+	if prefix != "" && prefix != tableName {
+		return "", "", true, nil
+	}
+
+	return "", "", false, fmt.Errorf("invalid column: %s", field)
+}
+
+func rewriteCursorJoin(joinClause, mainTable, alias string) (joinSQL, cursorAlias string) {
+	joinSQL = strings.ReplaceAll(joinClause, mainTable+".", "cursor_select.")
+	cursorAlias = "cursor_select_" + alias
+	joinSQL = strings.ReplaceAll(joinSQL, " "+alias+" ", " "+cursorAlias+" ")
+	joinSQL = strings.ReplaceAll(joinSQL, " "+alias+".", " "+cursorAlias+".")
+	return joinSQL, cursorAlias
+}
+
+func buildCursorPriorityChain(clauses []string) string {
+	var or []string
+	for i := 0; i < len(clauses); i++ {
+		and := strings.Join(clauses[:i+1], "\n    AND ")
+		or = append(or, "("+and+")")
+	}
+	return strings.Join(or, "\n  OR ")
+}

pkg/resolvemcp/handler.go

@@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
+package resolvemcp
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"database/sql"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"reflect"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+
+	"github.com/mark3labs/mcp-go/server"
+
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/common"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/logger"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/modelregistry"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/reflection"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/security"
+)
+
+// Handler exposes registered database models as MCP tools and resources.
+type Handler struct {
+	db         common.Database
+	registry   common.ModelRegistry
+	hooks      *HookRegistry
+	mcpServer  *server.MCPServer
+	config     Config
+	name       string
+	version    string
+	oauth2Regs []oauth2Registration
+	oauthSrv   *security.OAuthServer
+}
+
+// NewHandler creates a Handler with the given database, model registry, and config.
+func NewHandler(db common.Database, registry common.ModelRegistry, cfg Config) *Handler {
+	h := &Handler{
+		db:        db,
+		registry:  registry,
+		hooks:     NewHookRegistry(),
+		mcpServer: server.NewMCPServer("resolvemcp", "1.0.0"),
+		config:    cfg,
+		name:      "resolvemcp",
+		version:   "1.0.0",
+	}
+	registerAnnotationTool(h)
+	return h
+}
+
+// Hooks returns the hook registry.
+func (h *Handler) Hooks() *HookRegistry {
+	return h.hooks
+}
+
+// GetDatabase returns the underlying database.
+func (h *Handler) GetDatabase() common.Database {
+	return h.db
+}
+
+// MCPServer returns the underlying MCP server, e.g. to add custom tools.
+func (h *Handler) MCPServer() *server.MCPServer {
+	return h.mcpServer
+}
+
+// SSEServer returns an http.Handler that serves MCP over SSE.
+// Config.BasePath must be set. Config.BaseURL is used when set; if empty it is
+// detected automatically from each incoming request.
+func (h *Handler) SSEServer() http.Handler {
+	if h.config.BaseURL != "" {
+		return h.newSSEServer(h.config.BaseURL, h.config.BasePath)
+	}
+	return &dynamicSSEHandler{h: h}
+}
+
+// StreamableHTTPServer returns an http.Handler that serves MCP over the streamable HTTP transport.
+// Unlike SSE (which requires two endpoints), streamable HTTP uses a single endpoint for all
+// client-server communication (POST for requests, GET for server-initiated messages).
+// Mount the returned handler at the desired path; the path itself becomes the MCP endpoint.
+func (h *Handler) StreamableHTTPServer() http.Handler {
+	return server.NewStreamableHTTPServer(h.mcpServer)
+}
+
+// newSSEServer creates a concrete *server.SSEServer for known baseURL and basePath values.
+func (h *Handler) newSSEServer(baseURL, basePath string) *server.SSEServer {
+	return server.NewSSEServer(
+		h.mcpServer,
+		server.WithBaseURL(baseURL),
+		server.WithStaticBasePath(basePath),
+	)
+}
+
+// dynamicSSEHandler detects BaseURL from each request and delegates to a cached
+// *server.SSEServer per detected baseURL. Used when Config.BaseURL is empty.
+type dynamicSSEHandler struct {
+	h    *Handler
+	mu   sync.Mutex
+	pool map[string]*server.SSEServer
+}
+
+func (d *dynamicSSEHandler) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	baseURL := requestBaseURL(r)
+
+	d.mu.Lock()
+	if d.pool == nil {
+		d.pool = make(map[string]*server.SSEServer)
+	}
+	s, ok := d.pool[baseURL]
+	if !ok {
+		s = d.h.newSSEServer(baseURL, d.h.config.BasePath)
+		d.pool[baseURL] = s
+	}
+	d.mu.Unlock()
+
+	s.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+}
+
+// requestBaseURL builds the base URL from an incoming request.
+// It honours the X-Forwarded-Proto header for deployments behind a proxy.
+func requestBaseURL(r *http.Request) string {
+	scheme := "http"
+	if r.TLS != nil {
+		scheme = "https"
+	}
+	if proto := r.Header.Get("X-Forwarded-Proto"); proto != "" {
+		scheme = proto
+	}
+	return scheme + "://" + r.Host
+}
+
+// RegisterModel registers a model and immediately exposes it as MCP tools and a resource.
+func (h *Handler) RegisterModel(schema, entity string, model interface{}) error {
+	fullName := buildModelName(schema, entity)
+	if err := h.registry.RegisterModel(fullName, model); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	registerModelTools(h, schema, entity, model)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// RegisterModelWithRules registers a model and sets per-entity operation rules
+// (CanRead, CanCreate, CanUpdate, CanDelete, CanPublic*, SecurityDisabled).
+// Requires RegisterSecurityHooks to have been called for the rules to be enforced.
+func (h *Handler) RegisterModelWithRules(schema, entity string, model interface{}, rules modelregistry.ModelRules) error {
+	reg, ok := h.registry.(*modelregistry.DefaultModelRegistry)
+	if !ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("resolvemcp: registry does not support model rules (use NewHandlerWithGORM/Bun/DB)")
+	}
+	fullName := buildModelName(schema, entity)
+	if err := reg.RegisterModelWithRules(fullName, model, rules); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	registerModelTools(h, schema, entity, model)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// SetModelRules updates the operation rules for an already-registered model.
+// Requires RegisterSecurityHooks to have been called for the rules to be enforced.
+func (h *Handler) SetModelRules(schema, entity string, rules modelregistry.ModelRules) error {
+	reg, ok := h.registry.(*modelregistry.DefaultModelRegistry)
+	if !ok {
+		return fmt.Errorf("resolvemcp: registry does not support model rules (use NewHandlerWithGORM/Bun/DB)")
+	}
+	return reg.SetModelRules(buildModelName(schema, entity), rules)
+}
+
+// buildModelName builds the registry key for a model (same format as resolvespec).
+func buildModelName(schema, entity string) string {
+	if schema == "" {
+		return entity
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", schema, entity)
+}
+
+// getTableName returns the fully qualified table name for a model.
+func (h *Handler) getTableName(schema, entity string, model interface{}) string {
+	schemaName, tableName := h.getSchemaAndTable(schema, entity, model)
+	if schemaName != "" {
+		if h.db.DriverName() == "sqlite" {
+			return fmt.Sprintf("%s_%s", schemaName, tableName)
+		}
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", schemaName, tableName)
+	}
+	return tableName
+}
+
+func (h *Handler) getSchemaAndTable(defaultSchema, entity string, model interface{}) (schema, table string) {
+	if tableProvider, ok := model.(common.TableNameProvider); ok {
+		tableName := tableProvider.TableName()
+		if idx := strings.LastIndex(tableName, "."); idx != -1 {
+			return tableName[:idx], tableName[idx+1:]
+		}
+		if schemaProvider, ok := model.(common.SchemaProvider); ok {
+			return schemaProvider.SchemaName(), tableName
+		}
+		return defaultSchema, tableName
+	}
+	if schemaProvider, ok := model.(common.SchemaProvider); ok {
+		return schemaProvider.SchemaName(), entity
+	}
+	return defaultSchema, entity
+}
+
+// recoverPanic catches a panic from the current goroutine and returns it as an error.
+// Usage: defer recoverPanic(&returnedErr)
+func recoverPanic(err *error) {
+	if r := recover(); r != nil {
+		msg := fmt.Sprintf("%v", r)
+		logger.Error("[resolvemcp] panic recovered: %s", msg)
+		*err = fmt.Errorf("internal error: %s", msg)
+	}
+}
+
+// executeRead reads records from the database and returns raw data + metadata.
+func (h *Handler) executeRead(ctx context.Context, schema, entity, id string, options common.RequestOptions) (_ interface{}, _ *common.Metadata, retErr error) {
+	defer recoverPanic(&retErr)
+	model, err := h.registry.GetModelByEntity(schema, entity)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("model not found: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	unwrapped, err := common.ValidateAndUnwrapModel(model)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid model: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	model = unwrapped.Model
+	modelType := unwrapped.ModelType
+	tableName := h.getTableName(schema, entity, model)
+	ctx = withRequestData(ctx, schema, entity, tableName, model, unwrapped.ModelPtr)
+
+	validator := common.NewColumnValidator(model)
+	options = validator.FilterRequestOptions(options)
+
+	// BeforeHandle hook
+	hookCtx := &HookContext{
+		Context:   ctx,
+		Handler:   h,
+		Schema:    schema,
+		Entity:    entity,
+		Model:     model,
+		Operation: "read",
+		Options:   options,
+		ID:        id,
+		Tx:        h.db,
+	}
+	if err := h.hooks.Execute(BeforeHandle, hookCtx); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	sliceType := reflect.SliceOf(reflect.PointerTo(modelType))
+	modelPtr := reflect.New(sliceType).Interface()
+
+	query := h.db.NewSelect().Model(modelPtr)
+
+	tempInstance := reflect.New(modelType).Interface()
+	if provider, ok := tempInstance.(common.TableNameProvider); !ok || provider.TableName() == "" {
+		query = query.Table(tableName)
+	}
+
+	// Column selection
+	if len(options.Columns) == 0 && len(options.ComputedColumns) > 0 {
+		options.Columns = reflection.GetSQLModelColumns(model)
+	}
+	for _, col := range options.Columns {
+		query = query.Column(reflection.ExtractSourceColumn(col))
+	}
+	for _, cu := range options.ComputedColumns {
+		query = query.ColumnExpr(fmt.Sprintf("(%s) AS %s", cu.Expression, cu.Name))
+	}
+
+	// Filters
+	query = h.applyFilters(query, options.Filters)
+
+	// Custom operators
+	for _, customOp := range options.CustomOperators {
+		query = query.Where(customOp.SQL)
+	}
+
+	// Sorting
+	for _, sort := range options.Sort {
+		direction := "ASC"
+		if strings.EqualFold(sort.Direction, "desc") {
+			direction = "DESC"
+		}
+		query = query.Order(fmt.Sprintf("%s %s", sort.Column, direction))
+	}
+
+	// Cursor pagination
+	if options.CursorForward != "" || options.CursorBackward != "" {
+		pkName := reflection.GetPrimaryKeyName(model)
+		modelColumns := reflection.GetModelColumns(model)
+
+		if len(options.Sort) == 0 {
+			options.Sort = []common.SortOption{{Column: pkName, Direction: "ASC"}}
+		}
+
+		// expandJoins is empty for resolvemcp — no custom SQL join support yet
+		cursorFilter, err := getCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, nil)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("cursor error: %w", err)
+		}
+
+		if cursorFilter != "" {
+			sanitized := common.SanitizeWhereClause(cursorFilter, reflection.ExtractTableNameOnly(tableName), &options)
+			sanitized = common.EnsureOuterParentheses(sanitized)
+			if sanitized != "" {
+				query = query.Where(sanitized)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Count — must happen before preloads are applied; Bun panics when counting with relations.
+	total, err := query.Count(ctx)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("error counting records: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	// Pagination
+	if options.Limit != nil && *options.Limit > 0 {
+		query = query.Limit(*options.Limit)
+	}
+	if options.Offset != nil && *options.Offset > 0 {
+		query = query.Offset(*options.Offset)
+	}
+
+	// Preloads — applied after count to avoid Bun panic when counting with relations.
+	if len(options.Preload) > 0 {
+		var preloadErr error
+		query, preloadErr = h.applyPreloads(model, query, options.Preload)
+		if preloadErr != nil {
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to apply preloads: %w", preloadErr)
+		}
+	}
+
+	// BeforeRead hook
+	hookCtx.Query = query
+	if err := h.hooks.Execute(BeforeRead, hookCtx); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	var data interface{}
+	if id != "" {
+		singleResult := reflect.New(modelType).Interface()
+		pkName := reflection.GetPrimaryKeyName(singleResult)
+		query = query.Where(fmt.Sprintf("%s = ?", common.QuoteIdent(pkName)), id)
+		if err := query.Scan(ctx, singleResult); err != nil {
+			if err == sql.ErrNoRows {
+				return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("record not found")
+			}
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("query error: %w", err)
+		}
+		data = singleResult
+	} else {
+		if err := query.Scan(ctx, modelPtr); err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("query error: %w", err)
+		}
+		data = reflect.ValueOf(modelPtr).Elem().Interface()
+	}
+
+	limit := 0
+	offset := 0
+	if options.Limit != nil {
+		limit = *options.Limit
+	}
+	if options.Offset != nil {
+		offset = *options.Offset
+	}
+
+	// Count is the number of records in this page, not the total.
+	var pageCount int64
+	if id != "" {
+		pageCount = 1
+	} else {
+		pageCount = int64(reflect.ValueOf(data).Len())
+	}
+
+	metadata := &common.Metadata{
+		Total:    int64(total),
+		Filtered: int64(total),
+		Count:    pageCount,
+		Limit:    limit,
+		Offset:   offset,
+	}
+
+	// AfterRead hook
+	hookCtx.Result = data
+	if err := h.hooks.Execute(AfterRead, hookCtx); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	return data, metadata, nil
+}
+
+// executeCreate inserts one or more records.
+func (h *Handler) executeCreate(ctx context.Context, schema, entity string, data interface{}) (_ interface{}, retErr error) {
+	defer recoverPanic(&retErr)
+	model, err := h.registry.GetModelByEntity(schema, entity)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("model not found: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	result, err := common.ValidateAndUnwrapModel(model)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid model: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	model = result.Model
+	tableName := h.getTableName(schema, entity, model)
+	ctx = withRequestData(ctx, schema, entity, tableName, model, result.ModelPtr)
+
+	hookCtx := &HookContext{
+		Context:   ctx,
+		Handler:   h,
+		Schema:    schema,
+		Entity:    entity,
+		Model:     model,
+		Operation: "create",
+		Data:      data,
+		Tx:        h.db,
+	}
+	if err := h.hooks.Execute(BeforeHandle, hookCtx); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := h.hooks.Execute(BeforeCreate, hookCtx); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	// Use potentially modified data
+	data = hookCtx.Data
+
+	switch v := data.(type) {
+	case map[string]interface{}:
+		query := h.db.NewInsert().Table(tableName)
+		for key, value := range v {
+			query = query.Value(key, value)
+		}
+		if _, err := query.Exec(ctx); err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("create error: %w", err)
+		}
+		hookCtx.Result = v
+		if err := h.hooks.Execute(AfterCreate, hookCtx); err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("AfterCreate hook failed: %w", err)
+		}
+		return v, nil
+
+	case []interface{}:
+		results := make([]interface{}, 0, len(v))
+		err := h.db.RunInTransaction(ctx, func(tx common.Database) error {
+			for _, item := range v {
+				itemMap, ok := item.(map[string]interface{})
+				if !ok {
+					return fmt.Errorf("each item must be an object")
+				}
+				q := tx.NewInsert().Table(tableName)
+				for key, value := range itemMap {
+					q = q.Value(key, value)
+				}
+				if _, err := q.Exec(ctx); err != nil {
+					return err
+				}
+				results = append(results, item)
+			}
+			return nil
+		})
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("batch create error: %w", err)
+		}
+		hookCtx.Result = results
+		if err := h.hooks.Execute(AfterCreate, hookCtx); err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("AfterCreate hook failed: %w", err)
+		}
+		return results, nil
+
+	default:
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("data must be an object or array of objects")
+	}
+}
+
+// executeUpdate updates a record by ID.
+func (h *Handler) executeUpdate(ctx context.Context, schema, entity, id string, data interface{}) (_ interface{}, retErr error) {
+	defer recoverPanic(&retErr)
+	model, err := h.registry.GetModelByEntity(schema, entity)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("model not found: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	result, err := common.ValidateAndUnwrapModel(model)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid model: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	model = result.Model
+	tableName := h.getTableName(schema, entity, model)
+	ctx = withRequestData(ctx, schema, entity, tableName, model, result.ModelPtr)
+
+	updates, ok := data.(map[string]interface{})
+	if !ok {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("data must be an object")
+	}
+
+	if id == "" {
+		if idVal, exists := updates["id"]; exists {
+			id = fmt.Sprintf("%v", idVal)
+		}
+	}
+	if id == "" {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("update requires an ID")
+	}
+
+	pkName := reflection.GetPrimaryKeyName(model)
+
+	var updateResult interface{}
+	err = h.db.RunInTransaction(ctx, func(tx common.Database) error {
+		// Read existing record
+		modelType := reflect.TypeOf(model)
+		if modelType.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+			modelType = modelType.Elem()
+		}
+		existingRecord := reflect.New(modelType).Interface()
+		selectQuery := tx.NewSelect().Model(existingRecord).Column("*").
+			Where(fmt.Sprintf("%s = ?", common.QuoteIdent(pkName)), id)
+
+		if err := selectQuery.ScanModel(ctx); err != nil {
+			if err == sql.ErrNoRows {
+				return fmt.Errorf("no records found to update")
+			}
+			return fmt.Errorf("error fetching existing record: %w", err)
+		}
+
+		// Convert to map
+		existingMap := make(map[string]interface{})
+		jsonData, err := json.Marshal(existingRecord)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("error marshaling existing record: %w", err)
+		}
+		if err := json.Unmarshal(jsonData, &existingMap); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("error unmarshaling existing record: %w", err)
+		}
+
+		hookCtx := &HookContext{
+			Context:   ctx,
+			Handler:   h,
+			Schema:    schema,
+			Entity:    entity,
+			Model:     model,
+			Operation: "update",
+			ID:        id,
+			Data:      updates,
+			Tx:        tx,
+		}
+		if err := h.hooks.Execute(BeforeUpdate, hookCtx); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if modifiedData, ok := hookCtx.Data.(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+			updates = modifiedData
+		}
+
+		// Merge non-nil, non-empty values
+		for key, newValue := range updates {
+			if newValue == nil {
+				continue
+			}
+			if strVal, ok := newValue.(string); ok && strVal == "" {
+				continue
+			}
+			existingMap[key] = newValue
+		}
+
+		q := tx.NewUpdate().Table(tableName).SetMap(existingMap).
+			Where(fmt.Sprintf("%s = ?", common.QuoteIdent(pkName)), id)
+		res, err := q.Exec(ctx)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("error updating record: %w", err)
+		}
+		if res.RowsAffected() == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("no records found to update")
+		}
+
+		updateResult = existingMap
+		hookCtx.Result = updateResult
+		return h.hooks.Execute(AfterUpdate, hookCtx)
+	})
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return updateResult, nil
+}
+
+// executeDelete deletes a record by ID.
+func (h *Handler) executeDelete(ctx context.Context, schema, entity, id string) (_ interface{}, retErr error) {
+	defer recoverPanic(&retErr)
+	if id == "" {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("delete requires an ID")
+	}
+
+	model, err := h.registry.GetModelByEntity(schema, entity)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("model not found: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	result, err := common.ValidateAndUnwrapModel(model)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid model: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	model = result.Model
+	tableName := h.getTableName(schema, entity, model)
+	ctx = withRequestData(ctx, schema, entity, tableName, model, result.ModelPtr)
+
+	pkName := reflection.GetPrimaryKeyName(model)
+
+	hookCtx := &HookContext{
+		Context:   ctx,
+		Handler:   h,
+		Schema:    schema,
+		Entity:    entity,
+		Model:     model,
+		Operation: "delete",
+		ID:        id,
+		Tx:        h.db,
+	}
+	if err := h.hooks.Execute(BeforeHandle, hookCtx); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := h.hooks.Execute(BeforeDelete, hookCtx); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	modelType := reflect.TypeOf(model)
+	if modelType.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+		modelType = modelType.Elem()
+	}
+
+	var recordToDelete interface{}
+
+	err = h.db.RunInTransaction(ctx, func(tx common.Database) error {
+		record := reflect.New(modelType).Interface()
+		selectQuery := tx.NewSelect().Model(record).
+			Where(fmt.Sprintf("%s = ?", common.QuoteIdent(pkName)), id)
+		if err := selectQuery.ScanModel(ctx); err != nil {
+			if err == sql.ErrNoRows {
+				return fmt.Errorf("record not found")
+			}
+			return fmt.Errorf("error fetching record: %w", err)
+		}
+
+		res, err := tx.NewDelete().Table(tableName).
+			Where(fmt.Sprintf("%s = ?", common.QuoteIdent(pkName)), id).
+			Exec(ctx)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("delete error: %w", err)
+		}
+		if res.RowsAffected() == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("record not found or already deleted")
+		}
+
+		recordToDelete = record
+		hookCtx.Tx = tx
+		hookCtx.Result = record
+		return h.hooks.Execute(AfterDelete, hookCtx)
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	logger.Info("[resolvemcp] Deleted record %s from %s.%s", id, schema, entity)
+	return recordToDelete, nil
+}
+
+// applyFilters applies all filters with OR grouping logic.
+func (h *Handler) applyFilters(query common.SelectQuery, filters []common.FilterOption) common.SelectQuery {
+	if len(filters) == 0 {
+		return query
+	}
+
+	i := 0
+	for i < len(filters) {
+		startORGroup := i+1 < len(filters) && strings.EqualFold(filters[i+1].LogicOperator, "OR")
+
+		if startORGroup {
+			orGroup := []common.FilterOption{filters[i]}
+			j := i + 1
+			for j < len(filters) && strings.EqualFold(filters[j].LogicOperator, "OR") {
+				orGroup = append(orGroup, filters[j])
+				j++
+			}
+			query = h.applyFilterGroup(query, orGroup)
+			i = j
+		} else {
+			condition, args := h.buildFilterCondition(filters[i])
+			if condition != "" {
+				query = query.Where(condition, args...)
+			}
+			i++
+		}
+	}
+
+	return query
+}
+
+func (h *Handler) applyFilterGroup(query common.SelectQuery, filters []common.FilterOption) common.SelectQuery {
+	var conditions []string
+	var args []interface{}
+
+	for _, filter := range filters {
+		condition, filterArgs := h.buildFilterCondition(filter)
+		if condition != "" {
+			conditions = append(conditions, condition)
+			args = append(args, filterArgs...)
+		}
+	}
+
+	if len(conditions) == 0 {
+		return query
+	}
+	if len(conditions) == 1 {
+		return query.Where(conditions[0], args...)
+	}
+	return query.Where("("+strings.Join(conditions, " OR ")+")", args...)
+}
+
+func (h *Handler) buildFilterCondition(filter common.FilterOption) (condition string, args []interface{}) {
+	switch filter.Operator {
+	case "eq", "=":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s = ?", filter.Column), []interface{}{filter.Value}
+	case "neq", "!=", "<>":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s != ?", filter.Column), []interface{}{filter.Value}
+	case "gt", ">":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s > ?", filter.Column), []interface{}{filter.Value}
+	case "gte", ">=":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s >= ?", filter.Column), []interface{}{filter.Value}
+	case "lt", "<":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s < ?", filter.Column), []interface{}{filter.Value}
+	case "lte", "<=":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s <= ?", filter.Column), []interface{}{filter.Value}
+	case "like":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s LIKE ?", filter.Column), []interface{}{filter.Value}
+	case "ilike":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s ILIKE ?", filter.Column), []interface{}{filter.Value}
+	case "in":
+		condition, args := common.BuildInCondition(filter.Column, filter.Value)
+		return condition, args
+	case "is_null":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s IS NULL", filter.Column), nil
+	case "is_not_null":
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s IS NOT NULL", filter.Column), nil
+	}
+	return "", nil
+}
+
+func (h *Handler) applyPreloads(model interface{}, query common.SelectQuery, preloads []common.PreloadOption) (common.SelectQuery, error) {
+	for i := range preloads {
+		preload := &preloads[i]
+		if preload.Relation == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		query = query.PreloadRelation(preload.Relation)
+	}
+	return query, nil
+}

pkg/resolvemcp/hooks.go

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+package resolvemcp
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/common"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/logger"
+)
+
+// HookType defines the type of hook to execute
+type HookType string
+
+const (
+	// BeforeHandle fires after model resolution, before operation dispatch.
+	BeforeHandle HookType = "before_handle"
+
+	BeforeRead HookType = "before_read"
+	AfterRead  HookType = "after_read"
+
+	BeforeCreate HookType = "before_create"
+	AfterCreate  HookType = "after_create"
+
+	BeforeUpdate HookType = "before_update"
+	AfterUpdate  HookType = "after_update"
+
+	BeforeDelete HookType = "before_delete"
+	AfterDelete  HookType = "after_delete"
+)
+
+// HookContext contains all the data available to a hook
+type HookContext struct {
+	Context      context.Context
+	Handler      *Handler
+	Schema       string
+	Entity       string
+	Model        interface{}
+	Options      common.RequestOptions
+	Operation    string
+	ID           string
+	Data         interface{}
+	Result       interface{}
+	Error        error
+	Query        common.SelectQuery
+	Abort        bool
+	AbortMessage string
+	AbortCode    int
+	Tx           common.Database
+}
+
+// HookFunc is the signature for hook functions
+type HookFunc func(*HookContext) error
+
+// HookRegistry manages all registered hooks
+type HookRegistry struct {
+	hooks map[HookType][]HookFunc
+}
+
+func NewHookRegistry() *HookRegistry {
+	return &HookRegistry{
+		hooks: make(map[HookType][]HookFunc),
+	}
+}
+
+func (r *HookRegistry) Register(hookType HookType, hook HookFunc) {
+	if r.hooks == nil {
+		r.hooks = make(map[HookType][]HookFunc)
+	}
+	r.hooks[hookType] = append(r.hooks[hookType], hook)
+	logger.Info("Registered resolvemcp hook for %s (total: %d)", hookType, len(r.hooks[hookType]))
+}
+
+func (r *HookRegistry) RegisterMultiple(hookTypes []HookType, hook HookFunc) {
+	for _, hookType := range hookTypes {
+		r.Register(hookType, hook)
+	}
+}
+
+func (r *HookRegistry) Execute(hookType HookType, ctx *HookContext) error {
+	hooks, exists := r.hooks[hookType]
+	if !exists || len(hooks) == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	logger.Debug("Executing %d resolvemcp hook(s) for %s", len(hooks), hookType)
+
+	for i, hook := range hooks {
+		if err := hook(ctx); err != nil {
+			logger.Error("resolvemcp hook %d for %s failed: %v", i+1, hookType, err)
+			return fmt.Errorf("hook execution failed: %w", err)
+		}
+
+		if ctx.Abort {
+			logger.Warn("resolvemcp hook %d for %s requested abort: %s", i+1, hookType, ctx.AbortMessage)
+			return fmt.Errorf("operation aborted by hook: %s", ctx.AbortMessage)
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (r *HookRegistry) Clear(hookType HookType) {
+	delete(r.hooks, hookType)
+}
+
+func (r *HookRegistry) ClearAll() {
+	r.hooks = make(map[HookType][]HookFunc)
+}
+
+func (r *HookRegistry) HasHooks(hookType HookType) bool {
+	hooks, exists := r.hooks[hookType]
+	return exists && len(hooks) > 0
+}

pkg/resolvemcp/oauth2.go

@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+package resolvemcp
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"net/http"
+
+	"github.com/gorilla/mux"
+
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/security"
+)
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// OAuth2 registration on the Handler
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// oauth2Registration stores a configured auth provider and its route config.
+type oauth2Registration struct {
+	auth *security.DatabaseAuthenticator
+	cfg  OAuth2RouteConfig
+}
+
+// RegisterOAuth2 attaches an OAuth2 provider to the Handler.
+// The login and callback HTTP routes are served by HTTPHandler / StreamableHTTPMux.
+// Call this once per provider before serving requests.
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//	auth := security.NewGoogleAuthenticator(clientID, secret, redirectURL, db)
+//	handler.RegisterOAuth2(auth, resolvemcp.OAuth2RouteConfig{
+//	    ProviderName:       "google",
+//	    LoginPath:          "/auth/google/login",
+//	    CallbackPath:       "/auth/google/callback",
+//	    AfterLoginRedirect: "/",
+//	})
+func (h *Handler) RegisterOAuth2(auth *security.DatabaseAuthenticator, cfg OAuth2RouteConfig) {
+	h.oauth2Regs = append(h.oauth2Regs, oauth2Registration{auth: auth, cfg: cfg})
+}
+
+// HTTPHandler returns a single http.Handler that serves:
+//   - MCP OAuth2 authorization server endpoints (when EnableOAuthServer has been called)
+//   - OAuth2 login + callback routes for every registered provider (legacy cookie flow)
+//   - The MCP SSE transport wrapped with required authentication middleware
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//	auth := security.NewGoogleAuthenticator(...)
+//	handler.RegisterOAuth2(auth, cfg)
+//	handler.EnableOAuthServer(security.OAuthServerConfig{Issuer: "https://api.example.com"})
+//	security.RegisterSecurityHooks(handler, securityList)
+//	http.ListenAndServe(":8080", handler.HTTPHandler(securityList))
+func (h *Handler) HTTPHandler(securityList *security.SecurityList) http.Handler {
+	mux := http.NewServeMux()
+	if h.oauthSrv != nil {
+		h.mountOAuthServerRoutes(mux)
+	}
+	h.mountOAuth2Routes(mux)
+
+	mcpHandler := h.AuthedSSEServer(securityList)
+	basePath := h.config.BasePath
+	if basePath == "" {
+		basePath = "/mcp"
+	}
+	mux.Handle(basePath+"/sse", mcpHandler)
+	mux.Handle(basePath+"/message", mcpHandler)
+	mux.Handle(basePath+"/", http.StripPrefix(basePath, mcpHandler))
+
+	return mux
+}
+
+// StreamableHTTPMux returns a single http.Handler that serves:
+//   - MCP OAuth2 authorization server endpoints (when EnableOAuthServer has been called)
+//   - OAuth2 login + callback routes for every registered provider (legacy cookie flow)
+//   - The MCP streamable HTTP transport wrapped with required authentication middleware
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//	http.ListenAndServe(":8080", handler.StreamableHTTPMux(securityList))
+func (h *Handler) StreamableHTTPMux(securityList *security.SecurityList) http.Handler {
+	mux := http.NewServeMux()
+	if h.oauthSrv != nil {
+		h.mountOAuthServerRoutes(mux)
+	}
+	h.mountOAuth2Routes(mux)
+
+	mcpHandler := h.AuthedStreamableHTTPServer(securityList)
+	basePath := h.config.BasePath
+	if basePath == "" {
+		basePath = "/mcp"
+	}
+	mux.Handle(basePath+"/", http.StripPrefix(basePath, mcpHandler))
+	mux.Handle(basePath, mcpHandler)
+
+	return mux
+}
+
+// mountOAuth2Routes registers all stored OAuth2 login+callback routes onto mux.
+func (h *Handler) mountOAuth2Routes(mux *http.ServeMux) {
+	for _, reg := range h.oauth2Regs {
+		var cookieOpts []security.SessionCookieOptions
+		if reg.cfg.CookieOptions != nil {
+			cookieOpts = append(cookieOpts, *reg.cfg.CookieOptions)
+		}
+		mux.Handle(reg.cfg.LoginPath, OAuth2LoginHandler(reg.auth, reg.cfg.ProviderName))
+		mux.Handle(reg.cfg.CallbackPath, OAuth2CallbackHandler(reg.auth, reg.cfg.ProviderName, reg.cfg.AfterLoginRedirect, cookieOpts...))
+	}
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Auth-wrapped transports
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// AuthedSSEServer wraps SSEServer with required authentication middleware from pkg/security.
+// The middleware reads the session cookie / Authorization header and populates the user
+// context into the request context, making it available to BeforeHandle security hooks.
+// Unauthenticated requests receive 401 before reaching any MCP tool.
+func (h *Handler) AuthedSSEServer(securityList *security.SecurityList) http.Handler {
+	return security.NewAuthMiddleware(securityList)(h.SSEServer())
+}
+
+// OptionalAuthSSEServer wraps SSEServer with optional authentication middleware.
+// Unauthenticated requests continue as guest rather than returning 401.
+// Use together with RegisterSecurityHooks and per-model CanPublicRead/Write rules
+// to allow mixed public/private access.
+func (h *Handler) OptionalAuthSSEServer(securityList *security.SecurityList) http.Handler {
+	return security.NewOptionalAuthMiddleware(securityList)(h.SSEServer())
+}
+
+// AuthedStreamableHTTPServer wraps StreamableHTTPServer with required authentication middleware.
+func (h *Handler) AuthedStreamableHTTPServer(securityList *security.SecurityList) http.Handler {
+	return security.NewAuthMiddleware(securityList)(h.StreamableHTTPServer())
+}
+
+// OptionalAuthStreamableHTTPServer wraps StreamableHTTPServer with optional authentication middleware.
+func (h *Handler) OptionalAuthStreamableHTTPServer(securityList *security.SecurityList) http.Handler {
+	return security.NewOptionalAuthMiddleware(securityList)(h.StreamableHTTPServer())
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// OAuth2 route config and standalone handlers
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// OAuth2RouteConfig configures the OAuth2 HTTP endpoints for a single provider.
+type OAuth2RouteConfig struct {
+	// ProviderName is the OAuth2 provider name as registered with WithOAuth2()
+	// (e.g. "google", "github", "microsoft").
+	ProviderName string
+
+	// LoginPath is the HTTP path that redirects the browser to the OAuth2 provider
+	// (e.g. "/auth/google/login").
+	LoginPath string
+
+	// CallbackPath is the HTTP path that the OAuth2 provider redirects back to
+	// (e.g. "/auth/google/callback"). Must match the RedirectURL in OAuth2Config.
+	CallbackPath string
+
+	// AfterLoginRedirect is the URL to redirect the browser to after a successful
+	// login. When empty the LoginResponse JSON is written directly to the response.
+	AfterLoginRedirect string
+
+	// CookieOptions customises the session cookie written on successful login.
+	// Defaults to HttpOnly, Secure, SameSite=Lax when nil.
+	CookieOptions *security.SessionCookieOptions
+}
+
+// OAuth2LoginHandler returns an http.HandlerFunc that redirects the browser to
+// the OAuth2 provider's authorization URL.
+//
+// Register it on any router:
+//
+//	mux.Handle("/auth/google/login", resolvemcp.OAuth2LoginHandler(auth, "google"))
+func OAuth2LoginHandler(auth *security.DatabaseAuthenticator, providerName string) http.HandlerFunc {
+	return func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		state, err := auth.OAuth2GenerateState()
+		if err != nil {
+			http.Error(w, "failed to generate state", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+			return
+		}
+		authURL, err := auth.OAuth2GetAuthURL(providerName, state)
+		if err != nil {
+			http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusInternalServerError)
+			return
+		}
+		http.Redirect(w, r, authURL, http.StatusTemporaryRedirect)
+	}
+}
+
+// OAuth2CallbackHandler returns an http.HandlerFunc that handles the OAuth2 provider
+// callback: exchanges the authorization code for a session token, writes the session
+// cookie, then either redirects to afterLoginRedirect or writes the LoginResponse as JSON.
+//
+// Register it on any router:
+//
+//	mux.Handle("/auth/google/callback", resolvemcp.OAuth2CallbackHandler(auth, "google", "/dashboard"))
+func OAuth2CallbackHandler(auth *security.DatabaseAuthenticator, providerName, afterLoginRedirect string, cookieOpts ...security.SessionCookieOptions) http.HandlerFunc {
+	return func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		code := r.URL.Query().Get("code")
+		state := r.URL.Query().Get("state")
+		if code == "" {
+			http.Error(w, "missing code parameter", http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+
+		loginResp, err := auth.OAuth2HandleCallback(r.Context(), providerName, code, state)
+		if err != nil {
+			http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusUnauthorized)
+			return
+		}
+
+		security.SetSessionCookie(w, loginResp, cookieOpts...)
+
+		if afterLoginRedirect != "" {
+			http.Redirect(w, r, afterLoginRedirect, http.StatusTemporaryRedirect)
+			return
+		}
+		w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+		json.NewEncoder(w).Encode(loginResp) //nolint:errcheck
+	}
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Gorilla Mux convenience helpers
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// SetupMuxOAuth2Routes registers the OAuth2 login and callback routes on a Gorilla Mux router.
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//	resolvemcp.SetupMuxOAuth2Routes(r, auth, resolvemcp.OAuth2RouteConfig{
+//	    ProviderName: "google", LoginPath: "/auth/google/login",
+//	    CallbackPath: "/auth/google/callback", AfterLoginRedirect: "/",
+//	})
+func SetupMuxOAuth2Routes(muxRouter *mux.Router, auth *security.DatabaseAuthenticator, cfg OAuth2RouteConfig) {
+	var cookieOpts []security.SessionCookieOptions
+	if cfg.CookieOptions != nil {
+		cookieOpts = append(cookieOpts, *cfg.CookieOptions)
+	}
+
+	muxRouter.Handle(cfg.LoginPath,
+		OAuth2LoginHandler(auth, cfg.ProviderName),
+	).Methods(http.MethodGet)
+
+	muxRouter.Handle(cfg.CallbackPath,
+		OAuth2CallbackHandler(auth, cfg.ProviderName, cfg.AfterLoginRedirect, cookieOpts...),
+	).Methods(http.MethodGet)
+}
+
+// SetupMuxRoutesWithAuth mounts the MCP SSE endpoints on a Gorilla Mux router
+// with required authentication middleware applied.
+func SetupMuxRoutesWithAuth(muxRouter *mux.Router, handler *Handler, securityList *security.SecurityList) {
+	basePath := handler.config.BasePath
+	h := handler.AuthedSSEServer(securityList)
+
+	muxRouter.Handle(basePath+"/sse", h).Methods(http.MethodGet, http.MethodOptions)
+	muxRouter.Handle(basePath+"/message", h).Methods(http.MethodPost, http.MethodOptions)
+	muxRouter.PathPrefix(basePath).Handler(http.StripPrefix(basePath, h))
+}
+
+// SetupMuxStreamableHTTPRoutesWithAuth mounts the MCP streamable HTTP endpoint on a
+// Gorilla Mux router with required authentication middleware applied.
+func SetupMuxStreamableHTTPRoutesWithAuth(muxRouter *mux.Router, handler *Handler, securityList *security.SecurityList) {
+	basePath := handler.config.BasePath
+	h := handler.AuthedStreamableHTTPServer(securityList)
+	muxRouter.PathPrefix(basePath).Handler(http.StripPrefix(basePath, h))
+}

pkg/resolvemcp/oauth2_server.go

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+package resolvemcp
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/security"
+)
+
+// EnableOAuthServer activates the MCP-standard OAuth2 authorization server on this Handler.
+//
+// Pass a DatabaseAuthenticator to enable direct username/password login — the server acts as
+// its own identity provider and renders a login form at /oauth/authorize. Pass nil to use
+// only external providers registered via RegisterOAuth2Provider.
+//
+// After calling this, HTTPHandler and StreamableHTTPMux serve the full set of RFC-compliant
+// endpoints required by MCP clients alongside the MCP transport:
+//
+//	GET  /.well-known/oauth-authorization-server   RFC 8414 — auto-discovery
+//	POST /oauth/register                            RFC 7591 — dynamic client registration
+//	GET  /oauth/authorize                           OAuth 2.1 + PKCE — start login
+//	POST /oauth/authorize                           Login form submission (password flow)
+//	POST /oauth/token                               Bearer token exchange + refresh
+//	GET  /oauth/provider/callback                   External provider redirect target
+func (h *Handler) EnableOAuthServer(cfg security.OAuthServerConfig, auth *security.DatabaseAuthenticator) {
+	h.oauthSrv = security.NewOAuthServer(cfg, auth)
+	// Wire any external providers already registered via RegisterOAuth2
+	for _, reg := range h.oauth2Regs {
+		h.oauthSrv.RegisterExternalProvider(reg.auth, reg.cfg.ProviderName)
+	}
+}
+
+// RegisterOAuth2Provider adds an external OAuth2 provider to the MCP OAuth2 authorization server.
+// EnableOAuthServer must be called before this. The auth must have been configured with
+// WithOAuth2(providerName, ...) for the given provider name.
+func (h *Handler) RegisterOAuth2Provider(auth *security.DatabaseAuthenticator, providerName string) {
+	if h.oauthSrv != nil {
+		h.oauthSrv.RegisterExternalProvider(auth, providerName)
+	}
+}
+
+// mountOAuthServerRoutes mounts the security.OAuthServer's HTTP handler onto mux.
+func (h *Handler) mountOAuthServerRoutes(mux *http.ServeMux) {
+	oauthHandler := h.oauthSrv.HTTPHandler()
+	// Delegate all /oauth/ and /.well-known/ paths to the OAuth server
+	mux.Handle("/.well-known/", oauthHandler)
+	mux.Handle("/oauth/", oauthHandler)
+	if h.oauthSrv != nil {
+		// Also mount the external provider callback path if it differs from /oauth/
+		mux.Handle(h.oauthSrv.ProviderCallbackPath(), oauthHandler)
+	}
+}

pkg/resolvemcp/resolvemcp.go

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+// Package resolvemcp exposes registered database models as Model Context Protocol (MCP) tools
+// and resources over HTTP/SSE transport.
+//
+// It mirrors the resolvespec package patterns:
+//   - Same model registration API
+//   - Same filter, sort, cursor pagination, preload options
+//   - Same lifecycle hook system
+//
+// Usage:
+//
+//	handler := resolvemcp.NewHandlerWithGORM(db, resolvemcp.Config{BaseURL: "http://localhost:8080"})
+//	handler.RegisterModel("public", "users", &User{})
+//
+//	r := mux.NewRouter()
+//	resolvemcp.SetupMuxRoutes(r, handler)
+package resolvemcp
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+
+	"github.com/gorilla/mux"
+	"github.com/uptrace/bun"
+	bunrouter "github.com/uptrace/bunrouter"
+	"gorm.io/gorm"
+
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/common"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/common/adapters/database"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/modelregistry"
+)
+
+// Config holds configuration for the resolvemcp handler.
+type Config struct {
+	// BaseURL is the public-facing base URL of the server (e.g. "http://localhost:8080").
+	// It is sent to MCP clients during the SSE handshake so they know where to POST messages.
+	BaseURL string
+
+	// BasePath is the URL path prefix where the MCP endpoints are mounted (e.g. "/mcp").
+	// If empty, the path is detected from each incoming request automatically.
+	BasePath string
+}
+
+// NewHandlerWithGORM creates a Handler backed by a GORM database connection.
+func NewHandlerWithGORM(db *gorm.DB, cfg Config) *Handler {
+	return NewHandler(database.NewGormAdapter(db), modelregistry.NewModelRegistry(), cfg)
+}
+
+// NewHandlerWithBun creates a Handler backed by a Bun database connection.
+func NewHandlerWithBun(db *bun.DB, cfg Config) *Handler {
+	return NewHandler(database.NewBunAdapter(db), modelregistry.NewModelRegistry(), cfg)
+}
+
+// NewHandlerWithDB creates a Handler using an existing common.Database and a new registry.
+func NewHandlerWithDB(db common.Database, cfg Config) *Handler {
+	return NewHandler(db, modelregistry.NewModelRegistry(), cfg)
+}
+
+// SetupMuxRoutes mounts the MCP HTTP/SSE endpoints on the given Gorilla Mux router
+// using the base path from Config.BasePath (falls back to "/mcp" if empty).
+//
+// Two routes are registered:
+//   - GET  {basePath}/sse     — SSE connection endpoint (client subscribes here)
+//   - POST {basePath}/message — JSON-RPC message endpoint (client sends requests here)
+//
+// To protect these routes with authentication, wrap the mux router or apply middleware
+// before calling SetupMuxRoutes.
+func SetupMuxRoutes(muxRouter *mux.Router, handler *Handler) {
+	basePath := handler.config.BasePath
+	h := handler.SSEServer()
+
+	muxRouter.Handle(basePath+"/sse", h).Methods("GET", "OPTIONS")
+	muxRouter.Handle(basePath+"/message", h).Methods("POST", "OPTIONS")
+
+	// Convenience: also expose the full SSE server at basePath for clients that
+	// use ServeHTTP directly (e.g. net/http default mux).
+	muxRouter.PathPrefix(basePath).Handler(http.StripPrefix(basePath, h))
+}
+
+// SetupBunRouterRoutes mounts the MCP HTTP/SSE endpoints on a bunrouter router
+// using the base path from Config.BasePath.
+//
+// Two routes are registered:
+//   - GET  {basePath}/sse     — SSE connection endpoint
+//   - POST {basePath}/message — JSON-RPC message endpoint
+func SetupBunRouterRoutes(router *bunrouter.Router, handler *Handler) {
+	basePath := handler.config.BasePath
+	h := handler.SSEServer()
+
+	router.GET(basePath+"/sse", bunrouter.HTTPHandler(h))
+	router.POST(basePath+"/message", bunrouter.HTTPHandler(h))
+}
+
+// NewSSEServer returns an http.Handler that serves MCP over SSE.
+// If Config.BasePath is set it is used directly; otherwise the base path is
+// detected from each incoming request (by stripping the "/sse" or "/message" suffix).
+//
+//	h := resolvemcp.NewSSEServer(handler)
+//	http.Handle("/api/mcp/", h)
+func NewSSEServer(handler *Handler) http.Handler {
+	return handler.SSEServer()
+}
+
+// SetupMuxStreamableHTTPRoutes mounts the MCP streamable HTTP endpoint on the given Gorilla Mux router.
+// The streamable HTTP transport uses a single endpoint (Config.BasePath) for all communication:
+// POST for client→server messages, GET for server→client streaming.
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//	resolvemcp.SetupMuxStreamableHTTPRoutes(r, handler) // mounts at Config.BasePath
+func SetupMuxStreamableHTTPRoutes(muxRouter *mux.Router, handler *Handler) {
+	basePath := handler.config.BasePath
+	h := handler.StreamableHTTPServer()
+	muxRouter.PathPrefix(basePath).Handler(http.StripPrefix(basePath, h))
+}
+
+// SetupBunRouterStreamableHTTPRoutes mounts the MCP streamable HTTP endpoint on a bunrouter router.
+// The streamable HTTP transport uses a single endpoint (Config.BasePath).
+func SetupBunRouterStreamableHTTPRoutes(router *bunrouter.Router, handler *Handler) {
+	basePath := handler.config.BasePath
+	h := handler.StreamableHTTPServer()
+	router.GET(basePath, bunrouter.HTTPHandler(h))
+	router.POST(basePath, bunrouter.HTTPHandler(h))
+	router.DELETE(basePath, bunrouter.HTTPHandler(h))
+}
+
+// NewStreamableHTTPHandler returns an http.Handler that serves MCP over the streamable HTTP transport.
+// Mount it at the desired path; that path becomes the MCP endpoint.
+//
+//	h := resolvemcp.NewStreamableHTTPHandler(handler)
+//	http.Handle("/mcp", h)
+//	engine.Any("/mcp", gin.WrapH(h))
+func NewStreamableHTTPHandler(handler *Handler) http.Handler {
+	return handler.StreamableHTTPServer()
+}

pkg/resolvemcp/security_hooks.go

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+package resolvemcp
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"net/http"
+
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/common"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/logger"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/security"
+)
+
+// RegisterSecurityHooks wires the security package's access-control layer into the
+// resolvemcp handler. Call it once after creating the handler, before registering models.
+//
+// The following controls are applied:
+//   - Per-entity operation rules (CanRead, CanCreate, CanUpdate, CanDelete, CanPublic*)
+//     stored via RegisterModelWithRules / SetModelRules.
+//   - Row-level security: WHERE clause injected per user from the SecurityList provider.
+//   - Column-level security: sensitive columns masked/hidden in read results.
+//   - Audit logging after each read.
+func RegisterSecurityHooks(handler *Handler, securityList *security.SecurityList) {
+	// BeforeHandle: enforce model-level operation rules (auth check).
+	handler.Hooks().Register(BeforeHandle, func(hookCtx *HookContext) error {
+		if err := security.CheckModelAuthAllowed(newSecurityContext(hookCtx), hookCtx.Operation); err != nil {
+			hookCtx.Abort = true
+			hookCtx.AbortMessage = err.Error()
+			hookCtx.AbortCode = http.StatusUnauthorized
+			return err
+		}
+		return nil
+	})
+
+	// BeforeRead (1st): load RLS + CLS rules from the provider into SecurityList.
+	handler.Hooks().Register(BeforeRead, func(hookCtx *HookContext) error {
+		return security.LoadSecurityRules(newSecurityContext(hookCtx), securityList)
+	})
+
+	// BeforeRead (2nd): apply row-level security — injects a WHERE clause into the query.
+	// resolvemcp has no separate BeforeScan hook; the query is available in BeforeRead.
+	handler.Hooks().Register(BeforeRead, func(hookCtx *HookContext) error {
+		return security.ApplyRowSecurity(newSecurityContext(hookCtx), securityList)
+	})
+
+	// AfterRead (1st): apply column-level security — mask/hide columns in the result.
+	handler.Hooks().Register(AfterRead, func(hookCtx *HookContext) error {
+		return security.ApplyColumnSecurity(newSecurityContext(hookCtx), securityList)
+	})
+
+	// AfterRead (2nd): audit log.
+	handler.Hooks().Register(AfterRead, func(hookCtx *HookContext) error {
+		return security.LogDataAccess(newSecurityContext(hookCtx))
+	})
+
+	// BeforeUpdate: enforce CanUpdate rule.
+	handler.Hooks().Register(BeforeUpdate, func(hookCtx *HookContext) error {
+		return security.CheckModelUpdateAllowed(newSecurityContext(hookCtx))
+	})
+
+	// BeforeDelete: enforce CanDelete rule.
+	handler.Hooks().Register(BeforeDelete, func(hookCtx *HookContext) error {
+		return security.CheckModelDeleteAllowed(newSecurityContext(hookCtx))
+	})
+
+	logger.Info("Security hooks registered for resolvemcp handler")
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// securityContext — adapts resolvemcp.HookContext to security.SecurityContext
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+type securityContext struct {
+	ctx *HookContext
+}
+
+func newSecurityContext(ctx *HookContext) security.SecurityContext {
+	return &securityContext{ctx: ctx}
+}
+
+func (s *securityContext) GetContext() context.Context {
+	return s.ctx.Context
+}
+
+func (s *securityContext) GetUserID() (int, bool) {
+	return security.GetUserID(s.ctx.Context)
+}
+
+func (s *securityContext) GetSchema() string {
+	return s.ctx.Schema
+}
+
+func (s *securityContext) GetEntity() string {
+	return s.ctx.Entity
+}
+
+func (s *securityContext) GetModel() interface{} {
+	return s.ctx.Model
+}
+
+func (s *securityContext) GetQuery() interface{} {
+	return s.ctx.Query
+}
+
+func (s *securityContext) SetQuery(query interface{}) {
+	if q, ok := query.(common.SelectQuery); ok {
+		s.ctx.Query = q
+	}
+}
+
+func (s *securityContext) GetResult() interface{} {
+	return s.ctx.Result
+}
+
+func (s *securityContext) SetResult(result interface{}) {
+	s.ctx.Result = result
+}

pkg/resolvemcp/tools.go

@@ -0,0 +1,692 @@
+package resolvemcp
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"reflect"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/mark3labs/mcp-go/mcp"
+
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/common"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/logger"
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/reflection"
+)
+
+// toolName builds the MCP tool name for a given operation and model.
+func toolName(operation, schema, entity string) string {
+	if schema == "" {
+		return fmt.Sprintf("%s_%s", operation, entity)
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s_%s_%s", operation, schema, entity)
+}
+
+// registerModelTools registers the four CRUD tools and resource for a model.
+func registerModelTools(h *Handler, schema, entity string, model interface{}) {
+	info := buildModelInfo(schema, entity, model)
+	registerReadTool(h, schema, entity, info)
+	registerCreateTool(h, schema, entity, info)
+	registerUpdateTool(h, schema, entity, info)
+	registerDeleteTool(h, schema, entity, info)
+	registerModelResource(h, schema, entity, info)
+
+	logger.Info("[resolvemcp] Registered MCP tools for %s", info.fullName)
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Model introspection
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// modelInfo holds pre-computed metadata for a model used in tool descriptions.
+type modelInfo struct {
+	fullName      string // e.g. "public.users"
+	pkName        string // e.g. "id"
+	columns       []columnInfo
+	relationNames []string
+	schemaDoc     string // formatted multi-line schema listing
+}
+
+type columnInfo struct {
+	jsonName  string
+	sqlName   string
+	goType    string
+	sqlType   string
+	isPrimary bool
+	isUnique  bool
+	isFK      bool
+	nullable  bool
+}
+
+// buildModelInfo extracts column metadata and pre-builds the schema documentation string.
+func buildModelInfo(schema, entity string, model interface{}) modelInfo {
+	info := modelInfo{
+		fullName: buildModelName(schema, entity),
+		pkName:   reflection.GetPrimaryKeyName(model),
+	}
+
+	// Unwrap to base struct type
+	modelType := reflect.TypeOf(model)
+	for modelType != nil && (modelType.Kind() == reflect.Ptr || modelType.Kind() == reflect.Slice) {
+		modelType = modelType.Elem()
+	}
+	if modelType == nil || modelType.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+		return info
+	}
+
+	details := reflection.GetModelColumnDetail(reflect.New(modelType).Elem())
+
+	for _, d := range details {
+		// Derive the JSON name from the struct field
+		jsonName := fieldJSONName(modelType, d.Name)
+		if jsonName == "" || jsonName == "-" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Skip relation fields (slice or user-defined struct that isn't time.Time).
+		fieldType, found := modelType.FieldByName(d.Name)
+		if found {
+			ft := fieldType.Type
+			if ft.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+				ft = ft.Elem()
+			}
+			isUserStruct := ft.Kind() == reflect.Struct && ft.Name() != "Time" && ft.PkgPath() != ""
+			if ft.Kind() == reflect.Slice || isUserStruct {
+				info.relationNames = append(info.relationNames, jsonName)
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+
+		sqlName := d.SQLName
+		if sqlName == "" {
+			sqlName = jsonName
+		}
+
+		// Derive Go type name, unwrapping pointer if needed.
+		goType := d.DataType
+		if goType == "" && found {
+			ft := fieldType.Type
+			for ft.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+				ft = ft.Elem()
+			}
+			goType = ft.Name()
+		}
+
+		// isPrimary: use both the GORM-tag detection and a name comparison against
+		// the known primary key (handles camelCase "primaryKey" tags correctly).
+		isPrimary := d.SQLKey == "primary_key" ||
+			(info.pkName != "" && (sqlName == info.pkName || jsonName == info.pkName))
+
+		ci := columnInfo{
+			jsonName:  jsonName,
+			sqlName:   sqlName,
+			goType:    goType,
+			sqlType:   d.SQLDataType,
+			isPrimary: isPrimary,
+			isUnique:  d.SQLKey == "unique" || d.SQLKey == "uniqueindex",
+			isFK:      d.SQLKey == "foreign_key",
+			nullable:  d.Nullable,
+		}
+		info.columns = append(info.columns, ci)
+	}
+
+	info.schemaDoc = buildSchemaDoc(info)
+	return info
+}
+
+// fieldJSONName returns the JSON tag name for a struct field, falling back to the field name.
+func fieldJSONName(modelType reflect.Type, fieldName string) string {
+	field, ok := modelType.FieldByName(fieldName)
+	if !ok {
+		return fieldName
+	}
+	tag := field.Tag.Get("json")
+	if tag == "" {
+		return fieldName
+	}
+	parts := strings.SplitN(tag, ",", 2)
+	if parts[0] == "" {
+		return fieldName
+	}
+	return parts[0]
+}
+
+// buildSchemaDoc builds a human-readable column listing for inclusion in tool descriptions.
+func buildSchemaDoc(info modelInfo) string {
+	if len(info.columns) == 0 {
+		return ""
+	}
+
+	var sb strings.Builder
+	sb.WriteString("Columns:\n")
+	for _, c := range info.columns {
+		line := fmt.Sprintf("  • %s", c.jsonName)
+
+		typeDesc := c.goType
+		if c.sqlType != "" {
+			typeDesc = c.sqlType
+		}
+		if typeDesc != "" {
+			line += fmt.Sprintf(" (%s)", typeDesc)
+		}
+
+		var flags []string
+		if c.isPrimary {
+			flags = append(flags, "primary key")
+		}
+		if c.isUnique {
+			flags = append(flags, "unique")
+		}
+		if c.isFK {
+			flags = append(flags, "foreign key")
+		}
+		if !c.nullable && !c.isPrimary {
+			flags = append(flags, "not null")
+		} else if c.nullable {
+			flags = append(flags, "nullable")
+		}
+		if len(flags) > 0 {
+			line += " — " + strings.Join(flags, ", ")
+		}
+
+		sb.WriteString(line + "\n")
+	}
+
+	if len(info.relationNames) > 0 {
+		sb.WriteString("Relations (preloadable): " + strings.Join(info.relationNames, ", ") + "\n")
+	}
+
+	return sb.String()
+}
+
+// columnNameList returns a comma-separated list of JSON column names (for descriptions).
+func columnNameList(cols []columnInfo) string {
+	names := make([]string, len(cols))
+	for i, c := range cols {
+		names[i] = c.jsonName
+	}
+	return strings.Join(names, ", ")
+}
+
+// writableColumnNames returns JSON names for all non-primary-key columns.
+func writableColumnNames(cols []columnInfo) []string {
+	var names []string
+	for _, c := range cols {
+		if !c.isPrimary {
+			names = append(names, c.jsonName)
+		}
+	}
+	return names
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Read tool
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func registerReadTool(h *Handler, schema, entity string, info modelInfo) {
+	name := toolName("read", schema, entity)
+
+	var descParts []string
+	descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("Read records from the '%s' database table.", info.fullName))
+	if info.pkName != "" {
+		descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("Primary key: '%s'. Pass it via 'id' to fetch a single record.", info.pkName))
+	}
+	if info.schemaDoc != "" {
+		descParts = append(descParts, info.schemaDoc)
+	}
+	descParts = append(descParts,
+		"Pagination: use 'limit'/'offset' for offset-based paging, or 'cursor_forward'/'cursor_backward' (pass the primary key value of the last/first record on the current page) for cursor-based paging.",
+		"Filtering: each filter object requires 'column' (JSON field name) and 'operator'. Supported operators: = != > < >= <= like ilike in is_null is_not_null. Combine with 'logic_operator': AND (default) or OR.",
+		"Sorting: each sort object requires 'column' and 'direction' (asc or desc).",
+	)
+	if len(info.relationNames) > 0 {
+		descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("Preloadable relations: %s. Pass relation name in 'preloads'.", strings.Join(info.relationNames, ", ")))
+	}
+
+	description := strings.Join(descParts, "\n\n")
+
+	filterDesc := `Array of filter objects. Example: [{"column":"status","operator":"=","value":"active"},{"column":"age","operator":">","value":18,"logic_operator":"AND"}]`
+	if len(info.columns) > 0 {
+		filterDesc += fmt.Sprintf(" Available columns: %s.", columnNameList(info.columns))
+	}
+
+	sortDesc := `Array of sort objects. Example: [{"column":"created_at","direction":"desc"}]`
+	if len(info.columns) > 0 {
+		sortDesc += fmt.Sprintf(" Available columns: %s.", columnNameList(info.columns))
+	}
+
+	tool := mcp.NewTool(name,
+		mcp.WithDescription(description),
+		mcp.WithString("id",
+			mcp.Description(fmt.Sprintf("Primary key (%s) of a single record to fetch. Omit to return multiple records.", info.pkName)),
+		),
+		mcp.WithNumber("limit",
+			mcp.Description("Maximum number of records to return per page. Recommended: 10–100."),
+		),
+		mcp.WithNumber("offset",
+			mcp.Description("Number of records to skip (for offset-based pagination). Use with 'limit'."),
+		),
+		mcp.WithString("cursor_forward",
+			mcp.Description(fmt.Sprintf("Cursor for the next page: pass the '%s' value of the last record on the current page. Requires 'sort' to be set.", info.pkName)),
+		),
+		mcp.WithString("cursor_backward",
+			mcp.Description(fmt.Sprintf("Cursor for the previous page: pass the '%s' value of the first record on the current page. Requires 'sort' to be set.", info.pkName)),
+		),
+		mcp.WithArray("columns",
+			mcp.Description(fmt.Sprintf("Columns to include in the result. Omit to return all columns. Available: %s.", columnNameList(info.columns))),
+		),
+		mcp.WithArray("omit_columns",
+			mcp.Description(fmt.Sprintf("Columns to exclude from the result. Available: %s.", columnNameList(info.columns))),
+		),
+		mcp.WithArray("filters",
+			mcp.Description(filterDesc),
+		),
+		mcp.WithArray("sort",
+			mcp.Description(sortDesc),
+		),
+		mcp.WithArray("preloads",
+			mcp.Description(buildPreloadDesc(info)),
+		),
+	)
+
+	h.mcpServer.AddTool(tool, func(ctx context.Context, req mcp.CallToolRequest) (*mcp.CallToolResult, error) {
+		args := req.GetArguments()
+		id, _ := args["id"].(string)
+		options := parseRequestOptions(args)
+
+		data, metadata, err := h.executeRead(ctx, schema, entity, id, options)
+		if err != nil {
+			return mcp.NewToolResultError(err.Error()), nil
+		}
+
+		return marshalResult(map[string]interface{}{
+			"success":  true,
+			"data":     data,
+			"metadata": metadata,
+		})
+	})
+}
+
+func buildPreloadDesc(info modelInfo) string {
+	if len(info.relationNames) == 0 {
+		return `Array of relation preload objects. Each object: {"relation":"RelationName"}. No relations defined on this model.`
+	}
+	return fmt.Sprintf(
+		`Array of relation preload objects. Each object: {"relation":"RelationName","columns":["col1","col2"]}. Available relations: %s.`,
+		strings.Join(info.relationNames, ", "),
+	)
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Create tool
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func registerCreateTool(h *Handler, schema, entity string, info modelInfo) {
+	name := toolName("create", schema, entity)
+
+	writable := writableColumnNames(info.columns)
+
+	var descParts []string
+	descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("Create one or more new records in the '%s' table.", info.fullName))
+	if len(writable) > 0 {
+		descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("Writable fields: %s.", strings.Join(writable, ", ")))
+	}
+	if info.pkName != "" {
+		descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("The primary key ('%s') is typically auto-generated — omit it unless you need to supply it explicitly.", info.pkName))
+	}
+	descParts = append(descParts,
+		"Pass a single JSON object to 'data' to create one record. Pass an array of objects to create multiple records in a single transaction (all succeed or all fail).",
+	)
+	if info.schemaDoc != "" {
+		descParts = append(descParts, info.schemaDoc)
+	}
+
+	description := strings.Join(descParts, "\n\n")
+
+	dataDesc := "Record fields to create."
+	if len(writable) > 0 {
+		dataDesc += fmt.Sprintf(" Writable fields: %s.", strings.Join(writable, ", "))
+	}
+	dataDesc += " Pass a single object or an array of objects."
+
+	tool := mcp.NewTool(name,
+		mcp.WithDescription(description),
+		mcp.WithObject("data",
+			mcp.Description(dataDesc),
+			mcp.Required(),
+		),
+	)
+
+	h.mcpServer.AddTool(tool, func(ctx context.Context, req mcp.CallToolRequest) (*mcp.CallToolResult, error) {
+		args := req.GetArguments()
+		data, ok := args["data"]
+		if !ok {
+			return mcp.NewToolResultError("missing required argument: data"), nil
+		}
+
+		result, err := h.executeCreate(ctx, schema, entity, data)
+		if err != nil {
+			return mcp.NewToolResultError(err.Error()), nil
+		}
+
+		return marshalResult(map[string]interface{}{
+			"success": true,
+			"data":    result,
+		})
+	})
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Update tool
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func registerUpdateTool(h *Handler, schema, entity string, info modelInfo) {
+	name := toolName("update", schema, entity)
+
+	writable := writableColumnNames(info.columns)
+
+	var descParts []string
+	descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("Update an existing record in the '%s' table.", info.fullName))
+	if info.pkName != "" {
+		descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("Identify the record by its primary key ('%s') via the 'id' argument or by including '%s' inside 'data'.", info.pkName, info.pkName))
+	}
+	if len(writable) > 0 {
+		descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("Updatable fields: %s.", strings.Join(writable, ", ")))
+	}
+	descParts = append(descParts,
+		"Only non-null, non-empty fields in 'data' are applied — existing values are preserved for fields you omit. Returns the merged record as stored.",
+	)
+	if info.schemaDoc != "" {
+		descParts = append(descParts, info.schemaDoc)
+	}
+
+	description := strings.Join(descParts, "\n\n")
+
+	idDesc := fmt.Sprintf("Primary key ('%s') of the record to update. Can also be included inside 'data'.", info.pkName)
+
+	dataDesc := "Fields to update (non-null, non-empty values are merged into the existing record)."
+	if len(writable) > 0 {
+		dataDesc += fmt.Sprintf(" Updatable fields: %s.", strings.Join(writable, ", "))
+	}
+
+	tool := mcp.NewTool(name,
+		mcp.WithDescription(description),
+		mcp.WithString("id",
+			mcp.Description(idDesc),
+		),
+		mcp.WithObject("data",
+			mcp.Description(dataDesc),
+			mcp.Required(),
+		),
+	)
+
+	h.mcpServer.AddTool(tool, func(ctx context.Context, req mcp.CallToolRequest) (*mcp.CallToolResult, error) {
+		args := req.GetArguments()
+		id, _ := args["id"].(string)
+
+		data, ok := args["data"]
+		if !ok {
+			return mcp.NewToolResultError("missing required argument: data"), nil
+		}
+		dataMap, ok := data.(map[string]interface{})
+		if !ok {
+			return mcp.NewToolResultError("data must be an object"), nil
+		}
+
+		result, err := h.executeUpdate(ctx, schema, entity, id, dataMap)
+		if err != nil {
+			return mcp.NewToolResultError(err.Error()), nil
+		}
+
+		return marshalResult(map[string]interface{}{
+			"success": true,
+			"data":    result,
+		})
+	})
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Delete tool
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func registerDeleteTool(h *Handler, schema, entity string, info modelInfo) {
+	name := toolName("delete", schema, entity)
+
+	descParts := []string{
+		fmt.Sprintf("Delete a record from the '%s' table by its primary key.", info.fullName),
+	}
+	if info.pkName != "" {
+		descParts = append(descParts, fmt.Sprintf("Pass the '%s' value of the record to delete via the 'id' argument.", info.pkName))
+	}
+	descParts = append(descParts, "Returns the deleted record. This operation is irreversible.")
+
+	description := strings.Join(descParts, " ")
+
+	tool := mcp.NewTool(name,
+		mcp.WithDescription(description),
+		mcp.WithString("id",
+			mcp.Description(fmt.Sprintf("Primary key ('%s') of the record to delete.", info.pkName)),
+			mcp.Required(),
+		),
+	)
+
+	h.mcpServer.AddTool(tool, func(ctx context.Context, req mcp.CallToolRequest) (*mcp.CallToolResult, error) {
+		args := req.GetArguments()
+		id, _ := args["id"].(string)
+
+		result, err := h.executeDelete(ctx, schema, entity, id)
+		if err != nil {
+			return mcp.NewToolResultError(err.Error()), nil
+		}
+
+		return marshalResult(map[string]interface{}{
+			"success": true,
+			"data":    result,
+		})
+	})
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Resource registration
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func registerModelResource(h *Handler, schema, entity string, info modelInfo) {
+	resourceURI := info.fullName
+
+	var resourceDesc strings.Builder
+	fmt.Fprintf(&resourceDesc, "Database table: %s", info.fullName)
+	if info.pkName != "" {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&resourceDesc, " (primary key: %s)", info.pkName)
+	}
+	if info.schemaDoc != "" {
+		resourceDesc.WriteString("\n\n")
+		resourceDesc.WriteString(info.schemaDoc)
+	}
+
+	resource := mcp.NewResource(
+		resourceURI,
+		entity,
+		mcp.WithResourceDescription(resourceDesc.String()),
+		mcp.WithMIMEType("application/json"),
+	)
+
+	h.mcpServer.AddResource(resource, func(ctx context.Context, req mcp.ReadResourceRequest) ([]mcp.ResourceContents, error) {
+		limit := 100
+		options := common.RequestOptions{Limit: &limit}
+
+		data, metadata, err := h.executeRead(ctx, schema, entity, "", options)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		payload := map[string]interface{}{
+			"data":     data,
+			"metadata": metadata,
+		}
+		jsonBytes, err := json.Marshal(payload)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("error marshaling resource: %w", err)
+		}
+
+		return []mcp.ResourceContents{
+			mcp.TextResourceContents{
+				URI:      req.Params.URI,
+				MIMEType: "application/json",
+				Text:     string(jsonBytes),
+			},
+		}, nil
+	})
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Argument parsing helpers
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// parseRequestOptions converts raw MCP tool arguments into common.RequestOptions.
+func parseRequestOptions(args map[string]interface{}) common.RequestOptions {
+	options := common.RequestOptions{}
+
+	if v, ok := args["limit"]; ok {
+		switch n := v.(type) {
+		case float64:
+			limit := int(n)
+			options.Limit = &limit
+		case int:
+			options.Limit = &n
+		}
+	}
+
+	if v, ok := args["offset"]; ok {
+		switch n := v.(type) {
+		case float64:
+			offset := int(n)
+			options.Offset = &offset
+		case int:
+			options.Offset = &n
+		}
+	}
+
+	if v, ok := args["cursor_forward"].(string); ok {
+		options.CursorForward = v
+	}
+	if v, ok := args["cursor_backward"].(string); ok {
+		options.CursorBackward = v
+	}
+
+	options.Columns = parseStringArray(args["columns"])
+	options.OmitColumns = parseStringArray(args["omit_columns"])
+	options.Filters = parseFilters(args["filters"])
+	options.Sort = parseSortOptions(args["sort"])
+	options.Preload = parsePreloadOptions(args["preloads"])
+
+	return options
+}
+
+func parseStringArray(raw interface{}) []string {
+	if raw == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	items, ok := raw.([]interface{})
+	if !ok {
+		return nil
+	}
+	result := make([]string, 0, len(items))
+	for _, item := range items {
+		if s, ok := item.(string); ok {
+			result = append(result, s)
+		}
+	}
+	return result
+}
+
+func parseFilters(raw interface{}) []common.FilterOption {
+	if raw == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	items, ok := raw.([]interface{})
+	if !ok {
+		return nil
+	}
+	result := make([]common.FilterOption, 0, len(items))
+	for _, item := range items {
+		b, err := json.Marshal(item)
+		if err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		var f common.FilterOption
+		if err := json.Unmarshal(b, &f); err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		if f.Column == "" || f.Operator == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		if strings.EqualFold(f.LogicOperator, "or") {
+			f.LogicOperator = "OR"
+		} else {
+			f.LogicOperator = "AND"
+		}
+		result = append(result, f)
+	}
+	return result
+}
+
+func parseSortOptions(raw interface{}) []common.SortOption {
+	if raw == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	items, ok := raw.([]interface{})
+	if !ok {
+		return nil
+	}
+	result := make([]common.SortOption, 0, len(items))
+	for _, item := range items {
+		b, err := json.Marshal(item)
+		if err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		var s common.SortOption
+		if err := json.Unmarshal(b, &s); err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		if s.Column == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		result = append(result, s)
+	}
+	return result
+}
+
+func parsePreloadOptions(raw interface{}) []common.PreloadOption {
+	if raw == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	items, ok := raw.([]interface{})
+	if !ok {
+		return nil
+	}
+	result := make([]common.PreloadOption, 0, len(items))
+	for _, item := range items {
+		b, err := json.Marshal(item)
+		if err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		var p common.PreloadOption
+		if err := json.Unmarshal(b, &p); err != nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		if p.Relation == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+		result = append(result, p)
+	}
+	return result
+}
+
+// marshalResult marshals a value to JSON and returns it as an MCP text result.
+func marshalResult(v interface{}) (*mcp.CallToolResult, error) {
+	b, err := json.Marshal(v)
+	if err != nil {
+		return mcp.NewToolResultError(fmt.Sprintf("error marshaling result: %v", err)), nil
+	}
+	return mcp.NewToolResultText(string(b)), nil
+}

pkg/resolvespec/cursor.go

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ const (
 //   - pkName: primary key column (e.g. "id")
 //   - modelColumns: optional list of valid main-table columns (for validation). Pass nil to skip.
 //   - options: the request options containing sort and cursor information
+//   - expandJoins: optional map[alias]string of JOIN clauses for join-column sort support
 //
 // Returns SQL snippet to embed in WHERE clause.
 func GetCursorFilter(
@@ -31,6 +32,7 @@ func GetCursorFilter(
 	pkName string,
 	modelColumns []string,
 	options common.RequestOptions,
+	expandJoins map[string]string,
 ) (string, error) {
 	// Separate schema prefix from bare table name
 	fullTableName := tableName
@@ -58,18 +60,19 @@ func GetCursorFilter(
 	// 3. Prepare
 	// --------------------------------------------------------------------- //
 	var whereClauses []string
+	joinSQL := ""
 	reverse := direction < 0
 
 	// --------------------------------------------------------------------- //
 	// 4. Process each sort column
 	// --------------------------------------------------------------------- //
 	for _, s := range sortItems {
-		col := strings.TrimSpace(s.Column)
+		col := strings.Trim(strings.TrimSpace(s.Column), "()")
 		if col == "" {
 			continue
 		}
 
-		// Parse: "created_at", "user.name", etc.
+		// Parse: "created_at", "user.name", "fn.sortorder", etc.
 		parts := strings.Split(col, ".")
 		field := strings.TrimSpace(parts[len(parts)-1])
 		prefix := strings.Join(parts[:len(parts)-1], ".")
@@ -82,7 +85,7 @@ func GetCursorFilter(
 		}
 
 		// Resolve column
-		cursorCol, targetCol, err := resolveColumn(
+		cursorCol, targetCol, isJoin, err := resolveColumn(
 			field, prefix, tableName, modelColumns,
 		)
 		if err != nil {
@@ -90,6 +93,22 @@ func GetCursorFilter(
 			continue
 		}
 
+		// Handle joins
+		if isJoin {
+			if expandJoins != nil {
+				if joinClause, ok := expandJoins[prefix]; ok {
+					jSQL, cRef := rewriteJoin(joinClause, tableName, prefix)
+					joinSQL = jSQL
+					cursorCol = cRef + "." + field
+					targetCol = prefix + "." + field
+				}
+			}
+			if cursorCol == "" {
+				logger.Warn("Skipping cursor sort column %q: join alias %q not in expandJoins", col, prefix)
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+
 		// Build inequality
 		op := "<"
 		if desc {
@@ -113,10 +132,12 @@ func GetCursorFilter(
 	query := fmt.Sprintf(`EXISTS (
   SELECT 1
   FROM %s cursor_select
+  %s
   WHERE cursor_select.%s = %s
     AND (%s)
 )`,
 		fullTableName,
+		joinSQL,
 		pkName,
 		cursorID,
 		orSQL,
@@ -137,35 +158,44 @@ func getActiveCursor(options common.RequestOptions) (id string, direction Cursor
 	return "", 0
 }
 
-// Helper: resolve column (main table only for now)
+// Helper: resolve column (main table or join)
 func resolveColumn(
 	field, prefix, tableName string,
 	modelColumns []string,
-) (cursorCol, targetCol string, err error) {
+) (cursorCol, targetCol string, isJoin bool, err error) {
 
 	// JSON field
 	if strings.Contains(field, "->") {
-		return "cursor_select." + field, tableName + "." + field, nil
+		return "cursor_select." + field, tableName + "." + field, false, nil
 	}
 
 	// Main table column
 	if modelColumns != nil {
 		for _, col := range modelColumns {
 			if strings.EqualFold(col, field) {
-				return "cursor_select." + field, tableName + "." + field, nil
+				return "cursor_select." + field, tableName + "." + field, false, nil
 			}
 		}
 	} else {
 		// No validation → allow all main-table fields
-		return "cursor_select." + field, tableName + "." + field, nil
+		return "cursor_select." + field, tableName + "." + field, false, nil
 	}
 
-	// Joined column (not supported in resolvespec yet)
+	// Joined column
 	if prefix != "" && prefix != tableName {
-		return "", "", fmt.Errorf("joined columns not supported in cursor pagination: %s", field)
+		return "", "", true, nil
 	}
 
-	return "", "", fmt.Errorf("invalid column: %s", field)
+	return "", "", false, fmt.Errorf("invalid column: %s", field)
+}
+
+// Helper: rewrite JOIN clause for cursor subquery
+func rewriteJoin(joinClause, mainTable, alias string) (joinSQL, cursorAlias string) {
+	joinSQL = strings.ReplaceAll(joinClause, mainTable+".", "cursor_select.")
+	cursorAlias = "cursor_select_" + alias
+	joinSQL = strings.ReplaceAll(joinSQL, " "+alias+" ", " "+cursorAlias+" ")
+	joinSQL = strings.ReplaceAll(joinSQL, " "+alias+".", " "+cursorAlias+".")
+	return joinSQL, cursorAlias
 }
 
 // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- //

pkg/resolvespec/cursor_test.go

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ func TestGetCursorFilter_Forward(t *testing.T) {
 	pkName := "id"
 	modelColumns := []string{"id", "title", "created_at", "user_id"}
 
-	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options)
+	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, nil)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("GetCursorFilter failed: %v", err)
 	}
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func TestGetCursorFilter_Backward(t *testing.T) {
 	pkName := "id"
 	modelColumns := []string{"id", "title", "created_at", "user_id"}
 
-	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options)
+	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, nil)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("GetCursorFilter failed: %v", err)
 	}
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func TestGetCursorFilter_NoCursor(t *testing.T) {
 	pkName := "id"
 	modelColumns := []string{"id", "title", "created_at"}
 
-	_, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options)
+	_, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, nil)
 	if err == nil {
 		t.Error("Expected error when no cursor is provided")
 	}
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ func TestGetCursorFilter_NoSort(t *testing.T) {
 	pkName := "id"
 	modelColumns := []string{"id", "title"}
 
-	_, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options)
+	_, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, nil)
 	if err == nil {
 		t.Error("Expected error when no sort columns are defined")
 	}
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ func TestGetCursorFilter_MultiColumnSort(t *testing.T) {
 	pkName := "id"
 	modelColumns := []string{"id", "title", "priority", "created_at"}
 
-	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options)
+	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, nil)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("GetCursorFilter failed: %v", err)
 	}
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ func TestGetCursorFilter_WithSchemaPrefix(t *testing.T) {
 	pkName := "id"
 	modelColumns := []string{"id", "name", "email"}
 
-	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options)
+	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, nil)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("GetCursorFilter failed: %v", err)
 	}
@@ -183,6 +183,37 @@ func TestGetCursorFilter_WithSchemaPrefix(t *testing.T) {
 	t.Logf("Generated cursor filter with schema: %s", filter)
 }
 
+func TestGetCursorFilter_LateralJoin(t *testing.T) {
+	lateralJoin := "inner join lateral  (\nselect string_agg(a.name, '.') as sortorder\nfrom tree(account.rid_account) r\ninner join account a on a.id = r.id\n) fn on true"
+
+	options := common.RequestOptions{
+		Sort:          []common.SortOption{{Column: "fn.sortorder", Direction: "ASC"}},
+		CursorForward: "8975",
+	}
+
+	tableName := "core.account"
+	pkName := "rid_account"
+	modelColumns := []string{"rid_account", "description", "pastelno"}
+	expandJoins := map[string]string{"fn": lateralJoin}
+
+	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, expandJoins)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("GetCursorFilter failed: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	t.Logf("Generated lateral cursor filter: %s", filter)
+
+	if !strings.Contains(filter, "cursor_select_fn") {
+		t.Errorf("Filter should reference cursor_select_fn alias, got: %s", filter)
+	}
+	if !strings.Contains(filter, "sortorder") {
+		t.Errorf("Filter should reference sortorder column, got: %s", filter)
+	}
+	if strings.Contains(filter, " <  ") || strings.Contains(filter, " >  ") {
+		t.Errorf("Filter should not contain empty comparison operators, got: %s", filter)
+	}
+}
+
 func TestGetActiveCursor(t *testing.T) {
 	tests := []struct {
 		name              string
@@ -288,18 +319,19 @@ func TestResolveColumn(t *testing.T) {
 			wantErr:      false,
 		},
 		{
-			name:         "Joined column (not supported)",
+			name:         "Joined column (isJoin=true, no error)",
 			field:        "name",
 			prefix:       "user",
 			tableName:    "posts",
 			modelColumns: []string{"id", "title"},
-			wantErr:      true,
+			wantErr:      false,
+			// cursorCol and targetCol are empty when isJoin=true; handled by caller
 		},
 	}
 
 	for _, tt := range tests {
 		t.Run(tt.name, func(t *testing.T) {
-			cursor, target, err := resolveColumn(tt.field, tt.prefix, tt.tableName, tt.modelColumns)
+			cursor, target, isJoin, err := resolveColumn(tt.field, tt.prefix, tt.tableName, tt.modelColumns)
 
 			if tt.wantErr {
 				if err == nil {
@@ -312,6 +344,14 @@ func TestResolveColumn(t *testing.T) {
 				t.Fatalf("Unexpected error: %v", err)
 			}
 
+			// For join columns, cursor/target are empty and isJoin=true
+			if isJoin {
+				if cursor != "" || target != "" {
+					t.Errorf("Expected empty cursor/target for join column, got %q / %q", cursor, target)
+				}
+				return
+			}
+
 			if cursor != tt.wantCursor {
 				t.Errorf("Expected cursor %q, got %q", tt.wantCursor, cursor)
 			}
@@ -362,7 +402,7 @@ func TestCursorFilter_SQL_Safety(t *testing.T) {
 	pkName := "id"
 	modelColumns := []string{"id", "created_at"}
 
-	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options)
+	filter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, nil)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("GetCursorFilter failed: %v", err)
 	}

pkg/resolvespec/handler.go

@@ -334,8 +334,8 @@ func (h *Handler) handleRead(ctx context.Context, w common.ResponseWriter, id st
 			options.Sort = []common.SortOption{{Column: pkName, Direction: "ASC"}}
 		}
 
-		// Get cursor filter SQL
+		// Get cursor filter SQL (expandJoins is empty for resolvespec — no custom SQL join support yet)
-		cursorFilter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options)
+		cursorFilter, err := GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, options, nil)
 		if err != nil {
 			logger.Error("Error building cursor filter: %v", err)
 			h.sendError(w, http.StatusBadRequest, "cursor_error", "Invalid cursor pagination", err)

pkg/restheadspec/cursor.go

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ func (opts *ExtendedRequestOptions) GetCursorFilter(
 	// 4. Process each sort column
 	// --------------------------------------------------------------------- //
 	for _, s := range sortItems {
-		col := strings.TrimSpace(s.Column)
+		col := strings.Trim(strings.TrimSpace(s.Column), "()")
 		if col == "" {
 			continue
 		}
@@ -93,7 +93,8 @@ func (opts *ExtendedRequestOptions) GetCursorFilter(
 		}
 
 		// Handle joins
-		if isJoin && expandJoins != nil {
+		if isJoin {
+			if expandJoins != nil {
 				if joinClause, ok := expandJoins[prefix]; ok {
 					jSQL, cRef := rewriteJoin(joinClause, tableName, prefix)
 					joinSQL = jSQL
@@ -101,6 +102,11 @@ func (opts *ExtendedRequestOptions) GetCursorFilter(
 					targetCol = prefix + "." + field
 				}
 			}
+			if cursorCol == "" {
+				logger.Warn("Skipping cursor sort column %q: join alias %q not in expandJoins", col, prefix)
+				continue
+			}
+		}
 
 		// Build inequality
 		op := "<"

pkg/restheadspec/cursor_test.go

@@ -278,6 +278,47 @@ func TestCleanSortField(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 }
 
+func TestGetCursorFilter_LateralJoin(t *testing.T) {
+	lateralJoin := "inner join lateral  (\nselect string_agg(a.name, '.') as sortorder\nfrom tree(account.rid_account) r\ninner join account a on a.id = r.id\n) fn on true"
+
+	opts := &ExtendedRequestOptions{
+		RequestOptions: common.RequestOptions{
+			Sort: []common.SortOption{
+				{Column: "fn.sortorder", Direction: "ASC"},
+			},
+		},
+	}
+	opts.CursorForward = "8975"
+
+	tableName := "core.account"
+	pkName := "rid_account"
+	// modelColumns does not contain "sortorder" - it's a lateral join computed column
+	modelColumns := []string{"rid_account", "description", "pastelno"}
+	expandJoins := map[string]string{"fn": lateralJoin}
+
+	filter, err := opts.GetCursorFilter(tableName, pkName, modelColumns, expandJoins)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("GetCursorFilter failed: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	t.Logf("Generated lateral cursor filter: %s", filter)
+
+	// Should contain the rewritten lateral join inside the EXISTS subquery
+	if !strings.Contains(filter, "cursor_select_fn") {
+		t.Errorf("Filter should reference cursor_select_fn alias, got: %s", filter)
+	}
+
+	// Should compare fn.sortorder values
+	if !strings.Contains(filter, "sortorder") {
+		t.Errorf("Filter should reference sortorder column, got: %s", filter)
+	}
+
+	// Should NOT contain empty comparison like "< "
+	if strings.Contains(filter, " <  ") || strings.Contains(filter, " >  ") {
+		t.Errorf("Filter should not contain empty comparison operators, got: %s", filter)
+	}
+}
+
 func TestBuildPriorityChain(t *testing.T) {
 	clauses := []string{
 		"cursor_select.priority > posts.priority",

pkg/restheadspec/handler.go

@@ -723,13 +723,15 @@ func (h *Handler) handleRead(ctx context.Context, w common.ResponseWriter, id st
 		// Extract model columns for validation using the generic database function
 		modelColumns := reflection.GetModelColumns(model)
 
-		// Build expand joins map (if needed in future)
+		// Build expand joins map: custom SQL joins are available in cursor subquery
-		var expandJoins map[string]string
+		expandJoins := make(map[string]string)
-		if len(options.Expand) > 0 {
+		for _, joinClause := range options.CustomSQLJoin {
-			expandJoins = make(map[string]string)
+			alias := extractJoinAlias(joinClause)
-			// TODO: Build actual JOIN SQL for each expand relation
+			if alias != "" {
-			// For now, pass empty map as joins are handled via Preload
+				expandJoins[alias] = joinClause
 			}
+		}
+		// TODO: also add Expand relation JOINs when those are built as SQL rather than Preload
 
 		// Default sort to primary key when none provided
 		if len(options.Sort) == 0 {

pkg/restheadspec/headers.go

@@ -274,9 +274,11 @@ func (h *Handler) parseOptionsFromHeaders(r common.Request, model interface{}) E
 		}
 	}
 
-	// Resolve relation names (convert table names to field names) if model is provided
+	// Resolve relation names (convert table names/prefixes to actual model field names) if model is provided.
-	// Skip resolution if X-Files header was provided, as XFiles uses Prefix which already contains the correct field names
+	// This runs for both regular headers and X-Files, because XFile prefixes don't always match model
-	if model != nil && !options.XFilesPresent {
+	// field names (e.g., prefix "HUB" vs field "HUB_RID_HUB"). RelatedKey/ForeignKey are used to
+	// disambiguate when multiple fields point to the same related type.
+	if model != nil {
 		h.resolveRelationNamesInOptions(&options, model)
 	}
 
@@ -550,10 +552,8 @@ func (h *Handler) parseCustomSQLJoin(options *ExtendedRequestOptions, value stri
 //   - "LEFT JOIN departments d ON ..." -> "d"
 //   - "INNER JOIN users AS u ON ..." -> "u"
 //   - "JOIN roles r ON ..." -> "r"
+//   - "INNER JOIN LATERAL (...) fn ON true" -> "fn"
 func extractJoinAlias(joinClause string) string {
-	// Pattern: JOIN table_name [AS] alias ON ...
-	// We need to extract the alias (word before ON)
-
 	upperJoin := strings.ToUpper(joinClause)
 
 	// Find the "JOIN" keyword position
@@ -562,7 +562,20 @@ func extractJoinAlias(joinClause string) string {
 		return ""
 	}
 
-	// Find the "ON" keyword position
+	// Lateral joins: alias is the word after the closing ) and before ON
+	if strings.Contains(upperJoin, "LATERAL") {
+		lastClose := strings.LastIndex(joinClause, ")")
+		if lastClose != -1 {
+			words := strings.Fields(joinClause[lastClose+1:])
+			// words should be like ["fn", "on", "true"] or ["on", "true"]
+			if len(words) >= 1 && !strings.EqualFold(words[0], "on") {
+				return words[0]
+			}
+		}
+		return ""
+	}
+
+	// Regular joins: find the "ON" keyword position (first occurrence)
 	onIdx := strings.Index(upperJoin, " ON ")
 	if onIdx == -1 {
 		return ""
@@ -863,8 +876,21 @@ func (h *Handler) resolveRelationNamesInOptions(options *ExtendedRequestOptions,
 
 		// Resolve each part of the path
 		currentModel := model
-		for _, part := range parts {
+		for partIdx, part := range parts {
-			resolvedPart := h.resolveRelationName(currentModel, part)
+			isLast := partIdx == len(parts)-1
+			var resolvedPart string
+			if isLast {
+				// For the final part, use join-key-aware resolution to disambiguate when
+				// multiple fields point to the same type (e.g., HUB_RID_HUB vs HUB_RID_ASSIGNEDTO).
+				// RelatedKey = parent's local column linking to child; ForeignKey = local column linking to parent.
+				localKey := preload.RelatedKey
+				if localKey == "" {
+					localKey = preload.ForeignKey
+				}
+				resolvedPart = h.resolveRelationNameWithJoinKey(currentModel, part, localKey)
+			} else {
+				resolvedPart = h.resolveRelationName(currentModel, part)
+			}
 			resolvedParts = append(resolvedParts, resolvedPart)
 
 			// Try to get the model type for the next level
@@ -980,6 +1006,101 @@ func (h *Handler) resolveRelationName(model interface{}, nameOrTable string) str
 	return nameOrTable
 }
 
+// resolveRelationNameWithJoinKey resolves a relation name like resolveRelationName, but when
+// multiple fields point to the same related type, uses localKey to pick the one whose bun join
+// tag starts with "join:localKey=". Falls back to resolveRelationName if no key match is found.
+func (h *Handler) resolveRelationNameWithJoinKey(model interface{}, nameOrTable string, localKey string) string {
+	if localKey == "" {
+		return h.resolveRelationName(model, nameOrTable)
+	}
+
+	modelType := reflect.TypeOf(model)
+	if modelType == nil {
+		return nameOrTable
+	}
+	if modelType.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+		modelType = modelType.Elem()
+	}
+	if modelType == nil || modelType.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+		return nameOrTable
+	}
+
+	// If it's already a direct field name, return as-is (no ambiguity).
+	for i := 0; i < modelType.NumField(); i++ {
+		if modelType.Field(i).Name == nameOrTable {
+			return nameOrTable
+		}
+	}
+
+	normalizedInput := strings.ToLower(strings.ReplaceAll(nameOrTable, "_", ""))
+	localKeyLower := strings.ToLower(localKey)
+
+	// Find all fields whose related type matches nameOrTable, then pick the one
+	// whose bun join tag local key matches localKey.
+	var fallbackField string
+	for i := 0; i < modelType.NumField(); i++ {
+		field := modelType.Field(i)
+		fieldType := field.Type
+
+		var targetType reflect.Type
+		if fieldType.Kind() == reflect.Slice {
+			targetType = fieldType.Elem()
+		} else if fieldType.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+			targetType = fieldType.Elem()
+		}
+		if targetType != nil && targetType.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+			targetType = targetType.Elem()
+		}
+		if targetType == nil || targetType.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		normalizedTypeName := strings.ToLower(targetType.Name())
+		normalizedTypeName = strings.TrimPrefix(normalizedTypeName, "modelcore")
+		normalizedTypeName = strings.TrimPrefix(normalizedTypeName, "model")
+		if normalizedTypeName != normalizedInput {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Type name matches; record as fallback.
+		if fallbackField == "" {
+			fallbackField = field.Name
+		}
+
+		// Check bun join tag: "join:localKey=foreignKey"
+		bunTag := field.Tag.Get("bun")
+		for _, tagPart := range strings.Split(bunTag, ",") {
+			tagPart = strings.TrimSpace(tagPart)
+			if !strings.HasPrefix(tagPart, "join:") {
+				continue
+			}
+			joinSpec := strings.TrimPrefix(tagPart, "join:")
+			// joinSpec can be "col1=col2" or "col1=col2 col3=col4" (multi-col joins)
+			joinCols := strings.Fields(joinSpec)
+			if len(joinCols) == 0 {
+				joinCols = []string{joinSpec}
+			}
+			for _, joinCol := range joinCols {
+				eqIdx := strings.Index(joinCol, "=")
+				if eqIdx < 0 {
+					continue
+				}
+				joinLocalKey := strings.ToLower(joinCol[:eqIdx])
+				if joinLocalKey == localKeyLower {
+					logger.Debug("Resolved '%s' (localKey: %s) -> field '%s'", nameOrTable, localKey, field.Name)
+					return field.Name
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if fallbackField != "" {
+		logger.Debug("No join key match for '%s' (localKey: %s), using first type match: '%s'", nameOrTable, localKey, fallbackField)
+		return fallbackField
+	}
+	return h.resolveRelationName(model, nameOrTable)
+}
+
 // addXFilesPreload converts an XFiles relation into a PreloadOption
 // and recursively processes its children
 func (h *Handler) addXFilesPreload(xfile *XFiles, options *ExtendedRequestOptions, basePath string) {

pkg/restheadspec/headers_test.go

@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ func TestExtractJoinAlias(t *testing.T) {
 			joinClause: "LEFT JOIN departments",
 			expected:   "",
 		},
+		{
+			name:       "LATERAL join with alias",
+			joinClause: "inner join lateral (select sortorder from compute_fn(t.id)) fn on true",
+			expected:   "fn",
+		},
+		{
+			name: "LATERAL join with multiline subquery containing inner ON",
+			joinClause: "inner join lateral  (\nselect string_agg(a.name, '.') as sortorder\nfrom tree(t.id) r\ninner join account a on a.id = r.id\n) fn on true",
+			expected:   "fn",
+		},
 	}
 
 	for _, tt := range tests {

pkg/security/KEYSTORE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+# Keystore
+
+Per-user named auth keys with pluggable storage. Each user can hold multiple keys of different types — JWT secrets, header API keys, OAuth2 client credentials, or generic API keys. Keys are identified by a human-readable name ("CI deploy", "mobile app") and can carry scopes and arbitrary metadata.
+
+## Key types
+
+| Constant | Value | Use case |
+|---|---|---|
+| `KeyTypeJWTSecret` | `jwt_secret` | Per-user JWT signing secret |
+| `KeyTypeHeaderAPI` | `header_api` | Static API key sent in a request header |
+| `KeyTypeOAuth2` | `oauth2` | OAuth2 client credentials |
+| `KeyTypeGenericAPI` | `api` | General-purpose application key |
+
+## Storage backends
+
+### ConfigKeyStore
+
+In-memory store seeded from a static list. Suitable for a small, fixed set of service-account keys loaded from a config file. Keys created at runtime via `CreateKey` are held in memory and lost on restart.
+
+```go
+// Pre-load keys from config (KeyHash = SHA-256 hex of the raw key)
+store := security.NewConfigKeyStore([]security.UserKey{
+    {
+        UserID:  1,
+        KeyType: security.KeyTypeGenericAPI,
+        KeyHash: "e3b0c44298fc1c149afb...", // sha256(rawKey)
+        Name:    "CI deploy",
+        Scopes:  []string{"deploy"},
+        IsActive: true,
+    },
+})
+```
+
+### DatabaseKeyStore
+
+Backed by PostgreSQL stored procedures. Supports optional caching (default 2-minute TTL). Apply `keystore_schema.sql` before use.
+
+```go
+db, _ := sql.Open("postgres", dsn)
+
+store := security.NewDatabaseKeyStore(db)
+
+// With options
+store = security.NewDatabaseKeyStore(db, security.DatabaseKeyStoreOptions{
+    CacheTTL: 5 * time.Minute,
+    SQLNames: &security.KeyStoreSQLNames{
+        ValidateKey: "myapp_keystore_validate", // override one procedure name
+    },
+})
+```
+
+## Managing keys
+
+```go
+ctx := context.Background()
+
+// Create — raw key returned once; store it securely
+resp, err := store.CreateKey(ctx, security.CreateKeyRequest{
+    UserID:  42,
+    KeyType: security.KeyTypeGenericAPI,
+    Name:    "mobile app",
+    Scopes:  []string{"read", "write"},
+})
+fmt.Println(resp.RawKey) // only shown here; hashed internally
+
+// List
+keys, err := store.GetUserKeys(ctx, 42, "") // "" = all types
+keys, err  = store.GetUserKeys(ctx, 42, security.KeyTypeGenericAPI)
+
+// Revoke
+err = store.DeleteKey(ctx, 42, resp.Key.ID)
+
+// Validate (used by authenticators internally)
+key, err := store.ValidateKey(ctx, rawKey, "")
+```
+
+## HTTP authentication
+
+`KeyStoreAuthenticator` wraps any `KeyStore` and implements the `Authenticator` interface. It is drop-in compatible with `DatabaseAuthenticator` and works in `CompositeSecurityProvider`.
+
+Keys are extracted from the request in this order:
+
+1. `Authorization: Bearer <key>`
+2. `Authorization: ApiKey <key>`
+3. `X-API-Key: <key>`
+
+```go
+auth := security.NewKeyStoreAuthenticator(store, "") // "" = accept any key type
+// Restrict to a specific type:
+auth = security.NewKeyStoreAuthenticator(store, security.KeyTypeGenericAPI)
+```
+
+Plug it into a handler:
+
+```go
+handler := resolvespec.NewHandler(db, registry,
+    resolvespec.WithAuthenticator(auth),
+)
+```
+
+`Login` and `Logout` return an error — key lifecycle is managed through `KeyStore` directly.
+
+On successful validation the request context receives a `UserContext` where:
+
+- `UserID` — from the key
+- `Roles` — the key's `Scopes`
+- `Claims["key_type"]` — key type string
+- `Claims["key_name"]` — key name
+
+## Database setup
+
+Apply `keystore_schema.sql` to your PostgreSQL database. It requires the `users` table from the main `database_schema.sql`.
+
+```sql
+\i pkg/security/keystore_schema.sql
+```
+
+This creates:
+
+- `user_keys` table with indexes on `user_id`, `key_hash`, and `key_type`
+- `resolvespec_keystore_get_user_keys(p_user_id, p_key_type)`
+- `resolvespec_keystore_create_key(p_request jsonb)`
+- `resolvespec_keystore_delete_key(p_user_id, p_key_id)`
+- `resolvespec_keystore_validate_key(p_key_hash, p_key_type)`
+
+### Custom procedure names
+
+```go
+store := security.NewDatabaseKeyStore(db, security.DatabaseKeyStoreOptions{
+    SQLNames: &security.KeyStoreSQLNames{
+        GetUserKeys: "myschema_get_keys",
+        CreateKey:   "myschema_create_key",
+        DeleteKey:   "myschema_delete_key",
+        ValidateKey: "myschema_validate_key",
+    },
+})
+
+// Validate names at startup
+names := &security.KeyStoreSQLNames{
+    GetUserKeys: "myschema_get_keys",
+    // ...
+}
+if err := security.ValidateKeyStoreSQLNames(names); err != nil {
+    log.Fatal(err)
+}
+```
+
+## Security notes
+
+- Raw keys are never stored. Only the SHA-256 hex digest is persisted.
+- The raw key is generated with `crypto/rand` (32 bytes, base64url-encoded) and returned exactly once in `CreateKeyResponse.RawKey`.
+- Hash comparisons in `ConfigKeyStore` use `crypto/subtle.ConstantTimeCompare` to prevent timing side-channels.
+- `DeleteKey` performs a soft delete (`is_active = false`). The `DatabaseKeyStore` invalidates the cache entry immediately, but due to the cache TTL a revoked key may authenticate for up to `CacheTTL` (default 2 minutes) in a distributed environment. Set `CacheTTL: 0` to disable caching if immediate revocation is required.

pkg/security/QUICK_REFERENCE.md

@@ -258,11 +258,8 @@ func (a *JWTAuthenticator) Login(ctx context.Context, req security.LoginRequest)
 }
 
 func (a *JWTAuthenticator) Logout(ctx context.Context, req security.LogoutRequest) error {
-    // Add to blacklist
+    // Invalidate session via stored procedure
-    return a.db.WithContext(ctx).Table("token_blacklist").Create(map[string]any{
+    return nil
-        "token":   req.Token,
-        "user_id": req.UserID,
-    }).Error
 }
 
 func (a *JWTAuthenticator) Authenticate(r *http.Request) (*security.UserContext, error) {

pkg/security/README.md

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Type-safe, composable security system for ResolveSpec with support for authentic
 - ✅ **Testable** - Easy to mock and test
 - ✅ **Extensible** - Implement custom providers for your needs
 - ✅ **Stored Procedures** - All database operations use PostgreSQL stored procedures for security and maintainability
+- ✅ **OAuth2 Authorization Server** - Built-in OAuth 2.1 + PKCE server (RFC 8414, 7591, 7009, 7662) with login form and external provider federation
 
 ## Stored Procedure Architecture
 
@@ -38,6 +39,12 @@ Type-safe, composable security system for ResolveSpec with support for authentic
 | `resolvespec_jwt_logout` | JWT token blacklist | JWTAuthenticator |
 | `resolvespec_column_security` | Load column rules | DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider |
 | `resolvespec_row_security` | Load row templates | DatabaseRowSecurityProvider |
+| `resolvespec_oauth_register_client` | Persist OAuth2 client (RFC 7591) | OAuthServer / DatabaseAuthenticator |
+| `resolvespec_oauth_get_client` | Retrieve OAuth2 client by ID | OAuthServer / DatabaseAuthenticator |
+| `resolvespec_oauth_save_code` | Persist authorization code | OAuthServer / DatabaseAuthenticator |
+| `resolvespec_oauth_exchange_code` | Consume authorization code (single-use) | OAuthServer / DatabaseAuthenticator |
+| `resolvespec_oauth_introspect` | Token introspection (RFC 7662) | OAuthServer / DatabaseAuthenticator |
+| `resolvespec_oauth_revoke` | Token revocation (RFC 7009) | OAuthServer / DatabaseAuthenticator |
 
 See `database_schema.sql` for complete stored procedure definitions and examples.
 
@@ -897,6 +904,156 @@ securityList := security.NewSecurityList(provider)
 restheadspec.RegisterSecurityHooks(handler, securityList) // or funcspec/resolvespec
 ```
 
+## OAuth2 Authorization Server
+
+`OAuthServer` is a generic OAuth 2.1 + PKCE authorization server. It is not tied to any spec — `pkg/resolvemcp` uses it, but it can be used standalone with any `http.ServeMux`.
+
+### Endpoints
+
+| Method | Path | RFC |
+|--------|------|-----|
+| `GET` | `/.well-known/oauth-authorization-server` | RFC 8414 — server metadata |
+| `POST` | `/oauth/register` | RFC 7591 — dynamic client registration |
+| `GET` | `/oauth/authorize` | OAuth 2.1 — start authorization / provider selection |
+| `POST` | `/oauth/authorize` | OAuth 2.1 — login form submission |
+| `POST` | `/oauth/token` | OAuth 2.1 — code exchange + refresh |
+| `POST` | `/oauth/revoke` | RFC 7009 — token revocation |
+| `POST` | `/oauth/introspect` | RFC 7662 — token introspection |
+| `GET` | `{ProviderCallbackPath}` | External provider redirect target |
+
+### Config
+
+```go
+cfg := security.OAuthServerConfig{
+    Issuer:               "https://example.com",      // Required — token issuer URL
+    ProviderCallbackPath: "/oauth/provider/callback", // External provider redirect target
+    LoginTitle:           "My App Login",             // HTML login page title
+    PersistClients:       true,  // Store clients in DB (multi-instance safe)
+    PersistCodes:         true,  // Store codes in DB (multi-instance safe)
+    DefaultScopes:        []string{"openid", "profile"}, // Returned when no scope requested
+    AccessTokenTTL:       time.Hour,
+    AuthCodeTTL:          5 * time.Minute,
+}
+```
+
+| Field | Default | Notes |
+|-------|---------|-------|
+| `Issuer` | — | Required; trailing slash is trimmed automatically |
+| `ProviderCallbackPath` | `/oauth/provider/callback` | |
+| `LoginTitle` | `"Sign in"` | |
+| `PersistClients` | `false` | Set `true` for multi-instance |
+| `PersistCodes` | `false` | Set `true` for multi-instance; does not require `PersistClients` |
+| `DefaultScopes` | `["openid","profile","email"]` | |
+| `AccessTokenTTL` | `24h` | Also used as `expires_in` in token responses |
+| `AuthCodeTTL` | `2m` | |
+
+### Operating Modes
+
+**Mode 1 — Direct login (username/password form)**
+
+Pass a `*DatabaseAuthenticator` to `NewOAuthServer`. The server renders a login form at `GET /oauth/authorize` and issues tokens via the stored session after login.
+
+```go
+auth := security.NewDatabaseAuthenticator(db)
+srv := security.NewOAuthServer(cfg, auth)
+```
+
+**Mode 2 — External provider federation**
+
+Pass a `*DatabaseAuthenticator` for persistence (authorization codes, revoke, introspect) and register external providers. The authorize endpoint redirects to the specified provider (via the `provider` query param) or to the first registered provider by default.
+
+```go
+auth := security.NewDatabaseAuthenticator(db)
+srv := security.NewOAuthServer(cfg, auth)
+srv.RegisterExternalProvider(googleAuth, "google")
+srv.RegisterExternalProvider(githubAuth, "github")
+```
+
+**Mode 3 — Both**
+
+Pass auth for the login form and also register external providers. The authorize page shows both a login form and provider buttons.
+
+```go
+srv := security.NewOAuthServer(cfg, auth)
+srv.RegisterExternalProvider(googleAuth, "google")
+```
+
+### Standalone Usage
+
+```go
+mux := http.NewServeMux()
+mux.Handle("/.well-known/", srv.HTTPHandler())
+mux.Handle("/oauth/", srv.HTTPHandler())
+mux.Handle(cfg.ProviderCallbackPath, srv.HTTPHandler())
+
+http.ListenAndServe(":8080", mux)
+```
+
+### DB Persistence
+
+When `PersistClients: true` or `PersistCodes: true`, the server calls the corresponding `DatabaseAuthenticator` methods. Both flags default to `false` (in-memory maps). Enable both for multi-instance deployments.
+
+Requires `oauth_clients` and `oauth_codes` tables + 6 stored procedures from `database_schema.sql`.
+
+#### New DB Types
+
+```go
+type OAuthServerClient struct {
+    ClientID      string   `json:"client_id"`
+    RedirectURIs  []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
+    ClientName    string   `json:"client_name,omitempty"`
+    GrantTypes    []string `json:"grant_types"`
+    AllowedScopes []string `json:"allowed_scopes,omitempty"`
+}
+
+type OAuthCode struct {
+    Code                string    `json:"code"`
+    ClientID            string    `json:"client_id"`
+    RedirectURI         string    `json:"redirect_uri"`
+    ClientState         string    `json:"client_state,omitempty"`
+    CodeChallenge       string    `json:"code_challenge"`
+    CodeChallengeMethod string    `json:"code_challenge_method"`
+    SessionToken        string    `json:"session_token"`
+    Scopes              []string  `json:"scopes,omitempty"`
+    ExpiresAt           time.Time `json:"expires_at"`
+}
+
+type OAuthTokenInfo struct {
+    Active   bool     `json:"active"`
+    Sub      string   `json:"sub,omitempty"`
+    Username string   `json:"username,omitempty"`
+    Email    string   `json:"email,omitempty"`
+    Roles    []string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
+    Exp      int64    `json:"exp,omitempty"`
+    Iat      int64    `json:"iat,omitempty"`
+}
+```
+
+#### DatabaseAuthenticator OAuth Methods
+
+```go
+auth.OAuthRegisterClient(ctx, client)  // RFC 7591 — persist client
+auth.OAuthGetClient(ctx, clientID)     // retrieve client
+auth.OAuthSaveCode(ctx, code)          // persist authorization code
+auth.OAuthExchangeCode(ctx, code)      // consume code (single-use, deletes on read)
+auth.OAuthIntrospectToken(ctx, token)  // RFC 7662 — returns OAuthTokenInfo
+auth.OAuthRevokeToken(ctx, token)      // RFC 7009 — revoke session
+```
+
+#### SQLNames Fields
+
+```go
+type SQLNames struct {
+    // ... existing fields ...
+    OAuthRegisterClient string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_register_client"
+    OAuthGetClient      string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_get_client"
+    OAuthSaveCode       string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_save_code"
+    OAuthExchangeCode   string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_exchange_code"
+    OAuthIntrospect     string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_introspect"
+    OAuthRevoke         string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_revoke"
+}
+```
+
 The main changes:
 1. Security package no longer knows about specific spec types
 2. Each spec registers its own security hooks

pkg/security/database_schema.sql

@@ -1397,3 +1397,180 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpgsql;
 
 -- Get credentials by username
 -- SELECT * FROM resolvespec_passkey_get_credentials_by_username('admin');
+
+-- ============================================
+-- OAuth2 Server Tables (OAuthServer persistence)
+-- ============================================
+
+-- oauth_clients: persistent RFC 7591 registered clients
+CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS oauth_clients (
+    id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
+    client_id VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL UNIQUE,
+    redirect_uris TEXT[] NOT NULL,
+    client_name VARCHAR(255),
+    grant_types TEXT[] DEFAULT ARRAY['authorization_code'],
+    allowed_scopes TEXT[] DEFAULT ARRAY['openid','profile','email'],
+    is_active BOOLEAN DEFAULT true,
+    created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
+);
+
+-- oauth_codes: short-lived authorization codes (for multi-instance deployments)
+-- Note: client_id is stored without a foreign key so codes can be persisted even
+-- when OAuth clients are managed in memory rather than persisted in oauth_clients.
+CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS oauth_codes (
+    id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
+    code VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL UNIQUE,
+    client_id VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL,
+    redirect_uri TEXT NOT NULL,
+    client_state TEXT,
+    code_challenge VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL,
+    code_challenge_method VARCHAR(10) DEFAULT 'S256',
+    session_token TEXT NOT NULL,
+    refresh_token TEXT,
+    scopes TEXT[],
+    expires_at TIMESTAMP NOT NULL,
+    created_at TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
+);
+CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS idx_oauth_codes_code ON oauth_codes(code);
+CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS idx_oauth_codes_expires ON oauth_codes(expires_at);
+
+-- ============================================
+-- OAuth2 Server Stored Procedures
+-- ============================================
+
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_oauth_register_client(p_data jsonb)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success bool, p_error text, p_data jsonb)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+DECLARE
+    v_client_id   text;
+    v_row         jsonb;
+BEGIN
+    v_client_id := p_data->>'client_id';
+
+    INSERT INTO oauth_clients (client_id, redirect_uris, client_name, grant_types, allowed_scopes)
+    VALUES (
+        v_client_id,
+        ARRAY(SELECT jsonb_array_elements_text(p_data->'redirect_uris')),
+        p_data->>'client_name',
+        COALESCE(ARRAY(SELECT jsonb_array_elements_text(p_data->'grant_types')), ARRAY['authorization_code']),
+        COALESCE(ARRAY(SELECT jsonb_array_elements_text(p_data->'allowed_scopes')), ARRAY['openid','profile','email'])
+    )
+    RETURNING to_jsonb(oauth_clients.*) INTO v_row;
+
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT true, null::text, v_row;
+EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT false, SQLERRM, null::jsonb;
+END;
+$$;
+
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_oauth_get_client(p_client_id text)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success bool, p_error text, p_data jsonb)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+DECLARE
+    v_row jsonb;
+BEGIN
+    SELECT to_jsonb(oauth_clients.*)
+    INTO v_row
+    FROM oauth_clients
+    WHERE client_id = p_client_id AND is_active = true;
+
+    IF v_row IS NULL THEN
+        RETURN QUERY SELECT false, 'client not found'::text, null::jsonb;
+    ELSE
+        RETURN QUERY SELECT true, null::text, v_row;
+    END IF;
+END;
+$$;
+
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_oauth_save_code(p_data jsonb)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success bool, p_error text)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+BEGIN
+    INSERT INTO oauth_codes (code, client_id, redirect_uri, client_state, code_challenge, code_challenge_method, session_token, refresh_token, scopes, expires_at)
+    VALUES (
+        p_data->>'code',
+        p_data->>'client_id',
+        p_data->>'redirect_uri',
+        p_data->>'client_state',
+        p_data->>'code_challenge',
+        COALESCE(p_data->>'code_challenge_method', 'S256'),
+        p_data->>'session_token',
+        p_data->>'refresh_token',
+        ARRAY(SELECT jsonb_array_elements_text(p_data->'scopes')),
+        (p_data->>'expires_at')::timestamp
+    );
+
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT true, null::text;
+EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT false, SQLERRM;
+END;
+$$;
+
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_oauth_exchange_code(p_code text)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success bool, p_error text, p_data jsonb)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+DECLARE
+    v_row jsonb;
+BEGIN
+    DELETE FROM oauth_codes
+    WHERE code = p_code AND expires_at > now()
+    RETURNING jsonb_build_object(
+        'client_id',             client_id,
+        'redirect_uri',          redirect_uri,
+        'client_state',          client_state,
+        'code_challenge',        code_challenge,
+        'code_challenge_method', code_challenge_method,
+        'session_token',         session_token,
+        'refresh_token',         refresh_token,
+        'scopes',                to_jsonb(scopes)
+    ) INTO v_row;
+
+    IF v_row IS NULL THEN
+        RETURN QUERY SELECT false, 'invalid or expired code'::text, null::jsonb;
+    ELSE
+        RETURN QUERY SELECT true, null::text, v_row;
+    END IF;
+END;
+$$;
+
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_oauth_introspect(p_token text)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success bool, p_error text, p_data jsonb)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+DECLARE
+    v_row jsonb;
+BEGIN
+    SELECT jsonb_build_object(
+        'active',     true,
+        'sub',        u.id::text,
+        'username',   u.username,
+        'email',      u.email,
+        'user_level', u.user_level,
+        -- NULLIF converts empty string to NULL; string_to_array(NULL) returns NULL;
+        -- to_jsonb(NULL) returns NULL; COALESCE then returns '[]' for NULL/empty roles.
+        'roles',      COALESCE(to_jsonb(string_to_array(NULLIF(u.roles, ''), ',')), '[]'::jsonb),
+        'exp',        EXTRACT(EPOCH FROM s.expires_at)::bigint,
+        'iat',        EXTRACT(EPOCH FROM s.created_at)::bigint
+    )
+    INTO v_row
+    FROM user_sessions s
+    JOIN users u ON u.id = s.user_id
+    WHERE s.session_token = p_token
+      AND s.expires_at > now()
+      AND u.is_active = true;
+
+    IF v_row IS NULL THEN
+        RETURN QUERY SELECT true, null::text, '{"active":false}'::jsonb;
+    ELSE
+        RETURN QUERY SELECT true, null::text, v_row;
+    END IF;
+END;
+$$;
+
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_oauth_revoke(p_token text)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success bool, p_error text)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+BEGIN
+    DELETE FROM user_sessions WHERE session_token = p_token;
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT true, null::text;
+END;
+$$;

pkg/security/examples.go

@@ -135,12 +135,6 @@ func (a *JWTAuthenticatorExample) Login(ctx context.Context, req LoginRequest) (
 }
 
 func (a *JWTAuthenticatorExample) Logout(ctx context.Context, req LogoutRequest) error {
-	// For JWT, logout could involve token blacklisting
-	// Add token to blacklist table
-	// err := a.db.WithContext(ctx).Table("token_blacklist").Create(map[string]interface{}{
-	//     "token":      req.Token,
-	//     "expires_at": time.Now().Add(24 * time.Hour),
-	// }).Error
 	return nil
 }
 

pkg/security/keystore.go

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+package security
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"crypto/sha256"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// hashSHA256Hex returns the lowercase hex SHA-256 digest of the given string.
+// Used by all keystore implementations to hash raw keys before storage or lookup.
+func hashSHA256Hex(raw string) string {
+	sum := sha256.Sum256([]byte(raw))
+	return hex.EncodeToString(sum[:])
+}
+
+// KeyType identifies the category of an auth key.
+type KeyType string
+
+const (
+	// KeyTypeJWTSecret is a per-user JWT signing secret for token generation.
+	KeyTypeJWTSecret KeyType = "jwt_secret"
+	// KeyTypeHeaderAPI is a static API key sent via a request header.
+	KeyTypeHeaderAPI KeyType = "header_api"
+	// KeyTypeOAuth2 holds OAuth2 client credentials (client_id / client_secret).
+	KeyTypeOAuth2 KeyType = "oauth2"
+	// KeyTypeGenericAPI is a generic application API key.
+	KeyTypeGenericAPI KeyType = "api"
+)
+
+// UserKey represents a single named auth key belonging to a user.
+// KeyHash stores the SHA-256 hex digest of the raw key; the raw key is never persisted.
+type UserKey struct {
+	ID         int64          `json:"id"`
+	UserID     int            `json:"user_id"`
+	KeyType    KeyType        `json:"key_type"`
+	KeyHash    string         `json:"key_hash"` // SHA-256 hex; never the raw key
+	Name       string         `json:"name"`
+	Scopes     []string       `json:"scopes,omitempty"`
+	Meta       map[string]any `json:"meta,omitempty"`
+	ExpiresAt  *time.Time     `json:"expires_at,omitempty"`
+	CreatedAt  time.Time      `json:"created_at"`
+	LastUsedAt *time.Time     `json:"last_used_at,omitempty"`
+	IsActive   bool           `json:"is_active"`
+}
+
+// CreateKeyRequest specifies the parameters for a new key.
+type CreateKeyRequest struct {
+	UserID    int
+	KeyType   KeyType
+	Name      string
+	Scopes    []string
+	Meta      map[string]any
+	ExpiresAt *time.Time
+}
+
+// CreateKeyResponse is returned exactly once when a key is created.
+// The caller is responsible for persisting RawKey; it is not stored anywhere.
+type CreateKeyResponse struct {
+	Key    UserKey
+	RawKey string // crypto/rand 32 bytes, base64url-encoded
+}
+
+// KeyStore manages per-user auth keys with pluggable storage backends.
+// Implementations: ConfigKeyStore (static list) and DatabaseKeyStore (stored procedures).
+type KeyStore interface {
+	// CreateKey generates a new key, stores its hash, and returns the raw key once.
+	CreateKey(ctx context.Context, req CreateKeyRequest) (*CreateKeyResponse, error)
+
+	// GetUserKeys returns all active, non-expired keys for a user.
+	// Pass an empty KeyType to return all types.
+	GetUserKeys(ctx context.Context, userID int, keyType KeyType) ([]UserKey, error)
+
+	// DeleteKey soft-deletes a key by ID after verifying ownership.
+	DeleteKey(ctx context.Context, userID int, keyID int64) error
+
+	// ValidateKey checks a raw key, returns the matching UserKey on success.
+	// The implementation hashes the raw key before any lookup.
+	// Pass an empty KeyType to accept any type.
+	ValidateKey(ctx context.Context, rawKey string, keyType KeyType) (*UserKey, error)
+}

pkg/security/keystore_authenticator.go

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+package security
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// KeyStoreAuthenticator implements the Authenticator interface using a KeyStore.
+// It is suitable for long-lived application credentials (API keys, JWT secrets, etc.)
+// rather than interactive sessions. Login and Logout are not supported — key lifecycle
+// is managed directly through the KeyStore.
+//
+// Key extraction order:
+//  1. Authorization: Bearer <key>
+//  2. Authorization: ApiKey <key>
+//  3. X-API-Key header
+type KeyStoreAuthenticator struct {
+	keyStore KeyStore
+	keyType  KeyType // empty = accept any type
+}
+
+// NewKeyStoreAuthenticator creates a KeyStoreAuthenticator.
+// Pass an empty keyType to accept keys of any type.
+func NewKeyStoreAuthenticator(ks KeyStore, keyType KeyType) *KeyStoreAuthenticator {
+	return &KeyStoreAuthenticator{keyStore: ks, keyType: keyType}
+}
+
+// Login is not supported for keystore authentication.
+func (a *KeyStoreAuthenticator) Login(_ context.Context, _ LoginRequest) (*LoginResponse, error) {
+	return nil, fmt.Errorf("keystore authenticator does not support login")
+}
+
+// Logout is not supported for keystore authentication.
+func (a *KeyStoreAuthenticator) Logout(_ context.Context, _ LogoutRequest) error {
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Authenticate extracts an API key from the request and validates it against the KeyStore.
+// Returns a UserContext built from the matching UserKey on success.
+func (a *KeyStoreAuthenticator) Authenticate(r *http.Request) (*UserContext, error) {
+	rawKey := extractAPIKey(r)
+	if rawKey == "" {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("API key required (Authorization: Bearer/ApiKey <key> or X-API-Key header)")
+	}
+
+	userKey, err := a.keyStore.ValidateKey(r.Context(), rawKey, a.keyType)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid API key: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	return userKeyToUserContext(userKey), nil
+}
+
+// extractAPIKey extracts a raw key from the request using the following precedence:
+//  1. Authorization: Bearer <key>
+//  2. Authorization: ApiKey <key>
+//  3. X-API-Key header
+func extractAPIKey(r *http.Request) string {
+	if auth := r.Header.Get("Authorization"); auth != "" {
+		if after, ok := strings.CutPrefix(auth, "Bearer "); ok {
+			return strings.TrimSpace(after)
+		}
+		if after, ok := strings.CutPrefix(auth, "ApiKey "); ok {
+			return strings.TrimSpace(after)
+		}
+	}
+	return strings.TrimSpace(r.Header.Get("X-API-Key"))
+}
+
+// userKeyToUserContext converts a UserKey into a UserContext.
+// Scopes are mapped to Roles. Key type and name are stored in Claims.
+func userKeyToUserContext(k *UserKey) *UserContext {
+	claims := map[string]any{
+		"key_type": string(k.KeyType),
+		"key_name": k.Name,
+	}
+
+	meta := k.Meta
+	if meta == nil {
+		meta = map[string]any{}
+	}
+
+	roles := k.Scopes
+	if roles == nil {
+		roles = []string{}
+	}
+
+	return &UserContext{
+		UserID:    k.UserID,
+		SessionID: fmt.Sprintf("key:%d", k.ID),
+		Roles:     roles,
+		Claims:    claims,
+		Meta:      meta,
+	}
+}

pkg/security/keystore_config.go

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+package security
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"crypto/subtle"
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"fmt"
+	"sync"
+	"sync/atomic"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// ConfigKeyStore is an in-memory keystore backed by a static slice of UserKey values.
+// It is designed for config-file driven setups (e.g. service accounts defined in YAML)
+// with a small, bounded number of keys. For large or dynamic key sets use DatabaseKeyStore.
+//
+// Pre-existing entries must have KeyHash set to the SHA-256 hex of the intended raw key.
+// Keys created at runtime via CreateKey are held in memory only and lost on restart.
+type ConfigKeyStore struct {
+	mu   sync.RWMutex
+	keys []UserKey
+	next int64 // monotonic ID counter for runtime-created keys (atomic)
+}
+
+// NewConfigKeyStore creates a ConfigKeyStore seeded with the provided keys.
+// Pass nil or an empty slice to start with no pre-loaded keys.
+// Zero-value entries (CreatedAt is zero) are treated as active and assigned the current time.
+func NewConfigKeyStore(keys []UserKey) *ConfigKeyStore {
+	var maxID int64
+	copied := make([]UserKey, len(keys))
+	copy(copied, keys)
+	for i := range copied {
+		if copied[i].CreatedAt.IsZero() {
+			copied[i].IsActive = true
+			copied[i].CreatedAt = time.Now()
+		}
+		if copied[i].ID > maxID {
+			maxID = copied[i].ID
+		}
+	}
+	return &ConfigKeyStore{keys: copied, next: maxID}
+}
+
+// CreateKey generates a new raw key, stores its SHA-256 hash, and returns the raw key once.
+func (s *ConfigKeyStore) CreateKey(_ context.Context, req CreateKeyRequest) (*CreateKeyResponse, error) {
+	rawBytes := make([]byte, 32)
+	if _, err := rand.Read(rawBytes); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to generate key material: %w", err)
+	}
+	rawKey := base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(rawBytes)
+	hash := hashSHA256Hex(rawKey)
+
+	id := atomic.AddInt64(&s.next, 1)
+	key := UserKey{
+		ID:        id,
+		UserID:    req.UserID,
+		KeyType:   req.KeyType,
+		KeyHash:   hash,
+		Name:      req.Name,
+		Scopes:    req.Scopes,
+		Meta:      req.Meta,
+		ExpiresAt: req.ExpiresAt,
+		CreatedAt: time.Now(),
+		IsActive:  true,
+	}
+
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	s.keys = append(s.keys, key)
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+
+	return &CreateKeyResponse{Key: key, RawKey: rawKey}, nil
+}
+
+// GetUserKeys returns all active, non-expired keys for the given user.
+// Pass an empty KeyType to return all types.
+func (s *ConfigKeyStore) GetUserKeys(_ context.Context, userID int, keyType KeyType) ([]UserKey, error) {
+	now := time.Now()
+	s.mu.RLock()
+	defer s.mu.RUnlock()
+
+	var result []UserKey
+	for i := range s.keys {
+		k := &s.keys[i]
+		if k.UserID != userID || !k.IsActive {
+			continue
+		}
+		if k.ExpiresAt != nil && k.ExpiresAt.Before(now) {
+			continue
+		}
+		if keyType != "" && k.KeyType != keyType {
+			continue
+		}
+		result = append(result, *k)
+	}
+	return result, nil
+}
+
+// DeleteKey soft-deletes a key by setting IsActive to false after ownership verification.
+func (s *ConfigKeyStore) DeleteKey(_ context.Context, userID int, keyID int64) error {
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	defer s.mu.Unlock()
+
+	for i := range s.keys {
+		if s.keys[i].ID == keyID {
+			if s.keys[i].UserID != userID {
+				return fmt.Errorf("key not found or permission denied")
+			}
+			s.keys[i].IsActive = false
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+	return fmt.Errorf("key not found")
+}
+
+// ValidateKey hashes the raw key and finds a matching, active, non-expired entry.
+// Uses constant-time comparison to prevent timing side-channels.
+// Pass an empty KeyType to accept any type.
+func (s *ConfigKeyStore) ValidateKey(_ context.Context, rawKey string, keyType KeyType) (*UserKey, error) {
+	hash := hashSHA256Hex(rawKey)
+	hashBytes, _ := hex.DecodeString(hash)
+	now := time.Now()
+
+	// Write lock: ValidateKey updates LastUsedAt on the matched entry.
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	defer s.mu.Unlock()
+
+	for i := range s.keys {
+		k := &s.keys[i]
+		if !k.IsActive {
+			continue
+		}
+		if k.ExpiresAt != nil && k.ExpiresAt.Before(now) {
+			continue
+		}
+		if keyType != "" && k.KeyType != keyType {
+			continue
+		}
+		stored, _ := hex.DecodeString(k.KeyHash)
+		if subtle.ConstantTimeCompare(hashBytes, stored) != 1 {
+			continue
+		}
+		k.LastUsedAt = &now
+		result := *k
+		return &result, nil
+	}
+	return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid or expired key")
+}

pkg/security/keystore_database.go

@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+package security
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"database/sql"
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/bitechdev/ResolveSpec/pkg/cache"
+)
+
+// DatabaseKeyStoreOptions configures DatabaseKeyStore.
+type DatabaseKeyStoreOptions struct {
+	// Cache is an optional cache instance. If nil, uses the default cache.
+	Cache *cache.Cache
+	// CacheTTL is the duration to cache ValidateKey results.
+	// Default: 2 minutes.
+	CacheTTL time.Duration
+	// SQLNames provides custom procedure names. If nil, uses DefaultKeyStoreSQLNames().
+	SQLNames *KeyStoreSQLNames
+	// DBFactory is called to obtain a fresh *sql.DB when the existing connection is closed.
+	// If nil, reconnection is disabled.
+	DBFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
+}
+
+// DatabaseKeyStore is a KeyStore backed by PostgreSQL stored procedures.
+// All DB operations go through configurable procedure names; the raw key is
+// never passed to the database.
+//
+// See keystore_schema.sql for the required table and procedure definitions.
+//
+// Note: DeleteKey invalidates the cache entry for the deleted key. Due to the
+// cache TTL, a deleted key may continue to authenticate for up to CacheTTL
+// (default 2 minutes) if the cache entry cannot be invalidated.
+type DatabaseKeyStore struct {
+	db        *sql.DB
+	dbMu      sync.RWMutex
+	dbFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
+	sqlNames  *KeyStoreSQLNames
+	cache     *cache.Cache
+	cacheTTL  time.Duration
+}
+
+// NewDatabaseKeyStore creates a DatabaseKeyStore with optional configuration.
+func NewDatabaseKeyStore(db *sql.DB, opts ...DatabaseKeyStoreOptions) *DatabaseKeyStore {
+	o := DatabaseKeyStoreOptions{}
+	if len(opts) > 0 {
+		o = opts[0]
+	}
+	if o.CacheTTL == 0 {
+		o.CacheTTL = 2 * time.Minute
+	}
+	c := o.Cache
+	if c == nil {
+		c = cache.GetDefaultCache()
+	}
+	names := MergeKeyStoreSQLNames(DefaultKeyStoreSQLNames(), o.SQLNames)
+	return &DatabaseKeyStore{
+		db:        db,
+		dbFactory: o.DBFactory,
+		sqlNames:  names,
+		cache:     c,
+		cacheTTL:  o.CacheTTL,
+	}
+}
+
+func (ks *DatabaseKeyStore) getDB() *sql.DB {
+	ks.dbMu.RLock()
+	defer ks.dbMu.RUnlock()
+	return ks.db
+}
+
+func (ks *DatabaseKeyStore) reconnectDB() error {
+	if ks.dbFactory == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no db factory configured for reconnect")
+	}
+	newDB, err := ks.dbFactory()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	ks.dbMu.Lock()
+	ks.db = newDB
+	ks.dbMu.Unlock()
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateKey generates a raw key, stores its SHA-256 hash via the create procedure,
+// and returns the raw key once.
+func (ks *DatabaseKeyStore) CreateKey(ctx context.Context, req CreateKeyRequest) (*CreateKeyResponse, error) {
+	rawBytes := make([]byte, 32)
+	if _, err := rand.Read(rawBytes); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to generate key material: %w", err)
+	}
+	rawKey := base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(rawBytes)
+	hash := hashSHA256Hex(rawKey)
+
+	type createRequest struct {
+		UserID    int            `json:"user_id"`
+		KeyType   KeyType        `json:"key_type"`
+		KeyHash   string         `json:"key_hash"`
+		Name      string         `json:"name"`
+		Scopes    []string       `json:"scopes,omitempty"`
+		Meta      map[string]any `json:"meta,omitempty"`
+		ExpiresAt *time.Time     `json:"expires_at,omitempty"`
+	}
+
+	reqJSON, err := json.Marshal(createRequest{
+		UserID:    req.UserID,
+		KeyType:   req.KeyType,
+		KeyHash:   hash,
+		Name:      req.Name,
+		Scopes:    req.Scopes,
+		Meta:      req.Meta,
+		ExpiresAt: req.ExpiresAt,
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal create key request: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	var success bool
+	var errorMsg sql.NullString
+	var keyJSON sql.NullString
+
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_key::text FROM %s($1::jsonb)`, ks.sqlNames.CreateKey)
+	if err = ks.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(reqJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &keyJSON); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("create key procedure failed: %w", err)
+	}
+	if !success {
+		return nil, errors.New(nullStringOr(errorMsg, "create key failed"))
+	}
+
+	var key UserKey
+	if err = json.Unmarshal([]byte(keyJSON.String), &key); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse created key: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	return &CreateKeyResponse{Key: key, RawKey: rawKey}, nil
+}
+
+// GetUserKeys returns all active, non-expired keys for the given user.
+// Pass an empty KeyType to return all types.
+func (ks *DatabaseKeyStore) GetUserKeys(ctx context.Context, userID int, keyType KeyType) ([]UserKey, error) {
+	var success bool
+	var errorMsg sql.NullString
+	var keysJSON sql.NullString
+
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_keys::text FROM %s($1, $2)`, ks.sqlNames.GetUserKeys)
+	if err := ks.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID, string(keyType)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &keysJSON); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("get user keys procedure failed: %w", err)
+	}
+	if !success {
+		return nil, errors.New(nullStringOr(errorMsg, "get user keys failed"))
+	}
+
+	var keys []UserKey
+	if keysJSON.Valid && keysJSON.String != "" && keysJSON.String != "[]" {
+		if err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(keysJSON.String), &keys); err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse user keys: %w", err)
+		}
+	}
+	if keys == nil {
+		keys = []UserKey{}
+	}
+	return keys, nil
+}
+
+// DeleteKey soft-deletes a key after verifying ownership and invalidates its cache entry.
+// The delete procedure returns the key_hash so no separate lookup is needed.
+// Note: cache invalidation is best-effort; a cached entry may persist for up to CacheTTL.
+func (ks *DatabaseKeyStore) DeleteKey(ctx context.Context, userID int, keyID int64) error {
+	var success bool
+	var errorMsg sql.NullString
+	var keyHash sql.NullString
+
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_key_hash FROM %s($1, $2)`, ks.sqlNames.DeleteKey)
+	if err := ks.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID, keyID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &keyHash); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("delete key procedure failed: %w", err)
+	}
+	if !success {
+		return errors.New(nullStringOr(errorMsg, "delete key failed"))
+	}
+
+	if keyHash.Valid && keyHash.String != "" && ks.cache != nil {
+		_ = ks.cache.Delete(ctx, keystoreCacheKey(keyHash.String))
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ValidateKey hashes the raw key and calls the validate procedure.
+// Results are cached for CacheTTL to reduce DB load on hot paths.
+func (ks *DatabaseKeyStore) ValidateKey(ctx context.Context, rawKey string, keyType KeyType) (*UserKey, error) {
+	hash := hashSHA256Hex(rawKey)
+	cacheKey := keystoreCacheKey(hash)
+
+	if ks.cache != nil {
+		var cached UserKey
+		if err := ks.cache.Get(ctx, cacheKey, &cached); err == nil {
+			if cached.IsActive {
+				return &cached, nil
+			}
+			return nil, errors.New("invalid or expired key")
+		}
+	}
+
+	var success bool
+	var errorMsg sql.NullString
+	var keyJSON sql.NullString
+
+	runQuery := func() error {
+		query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_key::text FROM %s($1, $2)`, ks.sqlNames.ValidateKey)
+		return ks.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, hash, string(keyType)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &keyJSON)
+	}
+	if err := runQuery(); err != nil {
+		if isDBClosed(err) {
+			if reconnErr := ks.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+				err = runQuery()
+			}
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("validate key procedure failed: %w", err)
+			}
+		} else {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("validate key procedure failed: %w", err)
+		}
+	}
+	if !success {
+		return nil, errors.New(nullStringOr(errorMsg, "invalid or expired key"))
+	}
+
+	var key UserKey
+	if err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(keyJSON.String), &key); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse validated key: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	if ks.cache != nil {
+		_ = ks.cache.Set(ctx, cacheKey, key, ks.cacheTTL)
+	}
+
+	return &key, nil
+}
+
+func keystoreCacheKey(hash string) string {
+	return "keystore:validate:" + hash
+}
+
+// nullStringOr returns s.String if valid, otherwise the fallback.
+func nullStringOr(s sql.NullString, fallback string) string {
+	if s.Valid && s.String != "" {
+		return s.String
+	}
+	return fallback
+}

pkg/security/keystore_schema.sql

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+-- Keystore schema for per-user auth keys
+-- Apply alongside database_schema.sql (requires the users table)
+
+CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS user_keys (
+    id           BIGSERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
+    user_id      INTEGER NOT NULL REFERENCES users(id) ON DELETE CASCADE,
+    key_type     VARCHAR(50) NOT NULL,
+    key_hash     VARCHAR(64) NOT NULL UNIQUE,  -- SHA-256 hex digest (64 chars)
+    name         VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT '',
+    scopes       TEXT,                          -- JSON array, e.g. '["read","write"]'
+    meta         JSONB,
+    expires_at   TIMESTAMP,
+    created_at   TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
+    last_used_at TIMESTAMP,
+    is_active    BOOLEAN DEFAULT true
+);
+
+CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS idx_user_keys_user_id  ON user_keys(user_id);
+CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS idx_user_keys_key_hash ON user_keys(key_hash);
+CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS idx_user_keys_key_type ON user_keys(key_type);
+
+-- resolvespec_keystore_get_user_keys
+-- Returns all active, non-expired keys for a user.
+-- Pass empty p_key_type to return all key types.
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_keystore_get_user_keys(
+    p_user_id  INTEGER,
+    p_key_type TEXT DEFAULT ''
+)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success BOOLEAN, p_error TEXT, p_keys JSONB)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+DECLARE
+    v_keys JSONB;
+BEGIN
+    SELECT COALESCE(
+        jsonb_agg(
+            jsonb_build_object(
+                'id',           k.id,
+                'user_id',      k.user_id,
+                'key_type',     k.key_type,
+                'name',         k.name,
+                'scopes',       CASE WHEN k.scopes IS NOT NULL THEN k.scopes::jsonb ELSE '[]'::jsonb END,
+                'meta',         COALESCE(k.meta, '{}'::jsonb),
+                'expires_at',   k.expires_at,
+                'created_at',   k.created_at,
+                'last_used_at', k.last_used_at,
+                'is_active',    k.is_active
+            )
+        ),
+        '[]'::jsonb
+    )
+    INTO v_keys
+    FROM user_keys k
+    WHERE k.user_id = p_user_id
+      AND k.is_active = true
+      AND (k.expires_at IS NULL OR k.expires_at > NOW())
+      AND (p_key_type = '' OR k.key_type = p_key_type);
+
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT true, NULL::TEXT, v_keys;
+EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT false, SQLERRM, NULL::JSONB;
+END;
+$$;
+
+-- resolvespec_keystore_create_key
+-- Inserts a new key row. key_hash is provided by the caller (Go hashes the raw key).
+-- Returns the created key record (without key_hash).
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_keystore_create_key(
+    p_request JSONB
+)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success BOOLEAN, p_error TEXT, p_key JSONB)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+DECLARE
+    v_id         BIGINT;
+    v_created_at TIMESTAMP;
+    v_key        JSONB;
+BEGIN
+    INSERT INTO user_keys (user_id, key_type, key_hash, name, scopes, meta, expires_at)
+    VALUES (
+        (p_request->>'user_id')::INTEGER,
+        p_request->>'key_type',
+        p_request->>'key_hash',
+        COALESCE(p_request->>'name', ''),
+        p_request->>'scopes',
+        p_request->'meta',
+        CASE WHEN p_request->>'expires_at' IS NOT NULL
+             THEN (p_request->>'expires_at')::TIMESTAMP
+             ELSE NULL
+        END
+    )
+    RETURNING id, created_at INTO v_id, v_created_at;
+
+    v_key := jsonb_build_object(
+        'id',         v_id,
+        'user_id',    (p_request->>'user_id')::INTEGER,
+        'key_type',   p_request->>'key_type',
+        'name',       COALESCE(p_request->>'name', ''),
+        'scopes',     CASE WHEN p_request->>'scopes' IS NOT NULL
+                           THEN (p_request->>'scopes')::jsonb
+                           ELSE '[]'::jsonb END,
+        'meta',       COALESCE(p_request->'meta', '{}'::jsonb),
+        'expires_at', p_request->>'expires_at',
+        'created_at', v_created_at,
+        'is_active',  true
+    );
+
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT true, NULL::TEXT, v_key;
+EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT false, SQLERRM, NULL::JSONB;
+END;
+$$;
+
+-- resolvespec_keystore_delete_key
+-- Soft-deletes a key (is_active = false) after verifying ownership.
+-- Returns p_key_hash so the caller can invalidate cache entries without a separate query.
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_keystore_delete_key(
+    p_user_id INTEGER,
+    p_key_id  BIGINT
+)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success BOOLEAN, p_error TEXT, p_key_hash TEXT)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+DECLARE
+    v_hash TEXT;
+BEGIN
+    UPDATE user_keys
+    SET is_active = false
+    WHERE id = p_key_id AND user_id = p_user_id AND is_active = true
+    RETURNING key_hash INTO v_hash;
+
+    IF NOT FOUND THEN
+        RETURN QUERY SELECT false, 'key not found or already deleted'::TEXT, NULL::TEXT;
+        RETURN;
+    END IF;
+
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT true, NULL::TEXT, v_hash;
+EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT false, SQLERRM, NULL::TEXT;
+END;
+$$;
+
+-- resolvespec_keystore_validate_key
+-- Looks up a key by its SHA-256 hash, checks active status and expiry,
+-- updates last_used_at, and returns the key record.
+-- p_key_type can be empty to accept any key type.
+CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION resolvespec_keystore_validate_key(
+    p_key_hash TEXT,
+    p_key_type TEXT DEFAULT ''
+)
+RETURNS TABLE(p_success BOOLEAN, p_error TEXT, p_key JSONB)
+LANGUAGE plpgsql AS $$
+DECLARE
+    v_key_rec user_keys%ROWTYPE;
+    v_key     JSONB;
+BEGIN
+    SELECT * INTO v_key_rec
+    FROM user_keys
+    WHERE key_hash = p_key_hash
+      AND is_active = true
+      AND (expires_at IS NULL OR expires_at > NOW())
+      AND (p_key_type = '' OR key_type = p_key_type);
+
+    IF NOT FOUND THEN
+        RETURN QUERY SELECT false, 'invalid or expired key'::TEXT, NULL::JSONB;
+        RETURN;
+    END IF;
+
+    UPDATE user_keys SET last_used_at = NOW() WHERE id = v_key_rec.id;
+
+    v_key := jsonb_build_object(
+        'id',           v_key_rec.id,
+        'user_id',      v_key_rec.user_id,
+        'key_type',     v_key_rec.key_type,
+        'name',         v_key_rec.name,
+        'scopes',       CASE WHEN v_key_rec.scopes IS NOT NULL
+                             THEN v_key_rec.scopes::jsonb
+                             ELSE '[]'::jsonb END,
+        'meta',         COALESCE(v_key_rec.meta, '{}'::jsonb),
+        'expires_at',   v_key_rec.expires_at,
+        'created_at',   v_key_rec.created_at,
+        'last_used_at', NOW(),
+        'is_active',    v_key_rec.is_active
+    );
+
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT true, NULL::TEXT, v_key;
+EXCEPTION WHEN OTHERS THEN
+    RETURN QUERY SELECT false, SQLERRM, NULL::JSONB;
+END;
+$$;

pkg/security/keystore_sql_names.go

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+package security
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// KeyStoreSQLNames holds the configurable stored procedure names used by DatabaseKeyStore.
+// Use DefaultKeyStoreSQLNames() for defaults and MergeKeyStoreSQLNames() for partial overrides.
+type KeyStoreSQLNames struct {
+	GetUserKeys string // default: "resolvespec_keystore_get_user_keys"
+	CreateKey   string // default: "resolvespec_keystore_create_key"
+	DeleteKey   string // default: "resolvespec_keystore_delete_key"
+	ValidateKey string // default: "resolvespec_keystore_validate_key"
+}
+
+// DefaultKeyStoreSQLNames returns a KeyStoreSQLNames with all default resolvespec_keystore_* values.
+func DefaultKeyStoreSQLNames() *KeyStoreSQLNames {
+	return &KeyStoreSQLNames{
+		GetUserKeys: "resolvespec_keystore_get_user_keys",
+		CreateKey:   "resolvespec_keystore_create_key",
+		DeleteKey:   "resolvespec_keystore_delete_key",
+		ValidateKey: "resolvespec_keystore_validate_key",
+	}
+}
+
+// MergeKeyStoreSQLNames returns a copy of base with any non-empty fields from override applied.
+// If override is nil, a copy of base is returned.
+func MergeKeyStoreSQLNames(base, override *KeyStoreSQLNames) *KeyStoreSQLNames {
+	if override == nil {
+		copied := *base
+		return &copied
+	}
+	merged := *base
+	if override.GetUserKeys != "" {
+		merged.GetUserKeys = override.GetUserKeys
+	}
+	if override.CreateKey != "" {
+		merged.CreateKey = override.CreateKey
+	}
+	if override.DeleteKey != "" {
+		merged.DeleteKey = override.DeleteKey
+	}
+	if override.ValidateKey != "" {
+		merged.ValidateKey = override.ValidateKey
+	}
+	return &merged
+}
+
+// ValidateKeyStoreSQLNames checks that all non-empty procedure names are valid SQL identifiers.
+func ValidateKeyStoreSQLNames(names *KeyStoreSQLNames) error {
+	fields := map[string]string{
+		"GetUserKeys": names.GetUserKeys,
+		"CreateKey":   names.CreateKey,
+		"DeleteKey":   names.DeleteKey,
+		"ValidateKey": names.ValidateKey,
+	}
+	for field, val := range fields {
+		if val != "" && !validSQLIdentifier.MatchString(val) {
+			return fmt.Errorf("KeyStoreSQLNames.%s contains invalid characters: %q", field, val)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}

pkg/security/oauth2_methods.go

@@ -244,10 +244,10 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) oauth2GetOrCreateUser(ctx context.Context, userC
 	var errMsg *string
 	var userID *int
 
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, `
+	err = a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
 		SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user_id
-		FROM resolvespec_oauth_getorcreateuser($1::jsonb)
+		FROM %s($1::jsonb)
-	`, userJSON).Scan(&success, &errMsg, &userID)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthGetOrCreateUser), userJSON).Scan(&success, &errMsg, &userID)
 
 	if err != nil {
 		return 0, fmt.Errorf("failed to get or create user: %w", err)
@@ -287,10 +287,10 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) oauth2CreateSession(ctx context.Context, session
 	var success bool
 	var errMsg *string
 
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, `
+	err = a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
 		SELECT p_success, p_error
-		FROM resolvespec_oauth_createsession($1::jsonb)
+		FROM %s($1::jsonb)
-	`, sessionJSON).Scan(&success, &errMsg)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthCreateSession), sessionJSON).Scan(&success, &errMsg)
 
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("failed to create session: %w", err)
@@ -385,10 +385,10 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) OAuth2RefreshToken(ctx context.Context, refreshT
 	var errMsg *string
 	var sessionData []byte
 
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, `
+	err = a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
 		SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text
-		FROM resolvespec_oauth_getrefreshtoken($1)
+		FROM %s($1)
-	`, refreshToken).Scan(&success, &errMsg, &sessionData)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthGetRefreshToken), refreshToken).Scan(&success, &errMsg, &sessionData)
 
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to get session by refresh token: %w", err)
@@ -451,10 +451,10 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) OAuth2RefreshToken(ctx context.Context, refreshT
 	var updateSuccess bool
 	var updateErrMsg *string
 
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, `
+	err = a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
 		SELECT p_success, p_error
-		FROM resolvespec_oauth_updaterefreshtoken($1::jsonb)
+		FROM %s($1::jsonb)
-	`, updateJSON).Scan(&updateSuccess, &updateErrMsg)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthUpdateRefreshToken), updateJSON).Scan(&updateSuccess, &updateErrMsg)
 
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to update session: %w", err)
@@ -472,10 +472,10 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) OAuth2RefreshToken(ctx context.Context, refreshT
 	var userErrMsg *string
 	var userData []byte
 
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, `
+	err = a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
 		SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text
-		FROM resolvespec_oauth_getuser($1)
+		FROM %s($1)
-	`, session.UserID).Scan(&userSuccess, &userErrMsg, &userData)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthGetUser), session.UserID).Scan(&userSuccess, &userErrMsg, &userData)
 
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to get user data: %w", err)

pkg/security/oauth_server.go

@@ -0,0 +1,917 @@
+package security
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"crypto/sha256"
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// OAuthServerConfig configures the MCP-standard OAuth2 authorization server.
+type OAuthServerConfig struct {
+	// Issuer is the public base URL of this server (e.g. "https://api.example.com").
+	// Used in /.well-known/oauth-authorization-server and to build endpoint URLs.
+	Issuer string
+
+	// ProviderCallbackPath is the path on this server that external OAuth2 providers
+	// redirect back to. Defaults to "/oauth/provider/callback".
+	ProviderCallbackPath string
+
+	// LoginTitle is shown on the built-in login form when the server acts as its own
+	// identity provider. Defaults to "Sign in".
+	LoginTitle string
+
+	// PersistClients stores registered clients in the database when a DatabaseAuthenticator is provided.
+	// Clients registered during a session survive server restarts.
+	PersistClients bool
+
+	// PersistCodes stores authorization codes in the database.
+	// Useful for multi-instance deployments. Defaults to in-memory.
+	PersistCodes bool
+
+	// DefaultScopes lists scopes advertised in server metadata. Defaults to ["openid","profile","email"].
+	DefaultScopes []string
+
+	// AccessTokenTTL is the issued token lifetime. Defaults to 24h.
+	AccessTokenTTL time.Duration
+
+	// AuthCodeTTL is the auth code lifetime. Defaults to 2 minutes.
+	AuthCodeTTL time.Duration
+}
+
+// oauthClient is a dynamically registered OAuth2 client (RFC 7591).
+type oauthClient struct {
+	ClientID      string   `json:"client_id"`
+	RedirectURIs  []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
+	ClientName    string   `json:"client_name,omitempty"`
+	GrantTypes    []string `json:"grant_types"`
+	AllowedScopes []string `json:"allowed_scopes,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// pendingAuth tracks an in-progress authorization code exchange.
+type pendingAuth struct {
+	ClientID            string
+	RedirectURI         string
+	ClientState         string
+	CodeChallenge       string
+	CodeChallengeMethod string
+	ProviderName        string // empty = password login
+	ExpiresAt           time.Time
+	SessionToken        string   // set after authentication completes
+	RefreshToken        string   // set after authentication completes when refresh tokens are issued
+	Scopes              []string // requested scopes
+}
+
+// externalProvider pairs a DatabaseAuthenticator with its provider name.
+type externalProvider struct {
+	auth         *DatabaseAuthenticator
+	providerName string
+}
+
+// OAuthServer implements the MCP-standard OAuth2 authorization server (OAuth 2.1 + PKCE).
+//
+// It can act as both:
+//   - A direct identity provider using DatabaseAuthenticator username/password login
+//   - A federation layer that delegates authentication to external OAuth2 providers
+//     (Google, GitHub, Microsoft, etc.) registered via RegisterExternalProvider
+//
+// The server exposes these RFC-compliant endpoints:
+//
+//	GET  /.well-known/oauth-authorization-server   RFC 8414 — server metadata discovery
+//	POST /oauth/register                            RFC 7591 — dynamic client registration
+//	GET  /oauth/authorize                           OAuth 2.1 + PKCE — start authorization
+//	POST /oauth/authorize                           Direct login form submission
+//	POST /oauth/token                               Token exchange and refresh
+//	POST /oauth/revoke                              RFC 7009 — token revocation
+//	POST /oauth/introspect                          RFC 7662 — token introspection
+//	GET  {ProviderCallbackPath}                     Internal — external provider callback
+type OAuthServer struct {
+	cfg       OAuthServerConfig
+	auth      *DatabaseAuthenticator // nil = only external providers
+	providers []externalProvider
+
+	mu      sync.RWMutex
+	clients map[string]*oauthClient
+	pending map[string]*pendingAuth // provider_state → pending (external flow)
+	codes   map[string]*pendingAuth // auth_code     → pending (post-auth)
+
+	done chan struct{} // closed by Close() to stop background goroutines
+}
+
+// NewOAuthServer creates a new MCP OAuth2 authorization server.
+//
+// Pass a DatabaseAuthenticator to enable direct username/password login (the server
+// acts as its own identity provider). Pass nil to use only external providers.
+// External providers are added separately via RegisterExternalProvider.
+//
+// Call Close() to stop background goroutines when the server is no longer needed.
+func NewOAuthServer(cfg OAuthServerConfig, auth *DatabaseAuthenticator) *OAuthServer {
+	if cfg.ProviderCallbackPath == "" {
+		cfg.ProviderCallbackPath = "/oauth/provider/callback"
+	}
+	if cfg.LoginTitle == "" {
+		cfg.LoginTitle = "Sign in"
+	}
+	if len(cfg.DefaultScopes) == 0 {
+		cfg.DefaultScopes = []string{"openid", "profile", "email"}
+	}
+	if cfg.AccessTokenTTL == 0 {
+		cfg.AccessTokenTTL = 24 * time.Hour
+	}
+	if cfg.AuthCodeTTL == 0 {
+		cfg.AuthCodeTTL = 2 * time.Minute
+	}
+	// Normalize issuer: remove trailing slash to ensure consistent endpoint URL construction.
+	cfg.Issuer = strings.TrimSuffix(cfg.Issuer, "/")
+	s := &OAuthServer{
+		cfg:     cfg,
+		auth:    auth,
+		clients: make(map[string]*oauthClient),
+		pending: make(map[string]*pendingAuth),
+		codes:   make(map[string]*pendingAuth),
+		done:    make(chan struct{}),
+	}
+	go s.cleanupExpired()
+	return s
+}
+
+// Close stops the background goroutines started by NewOAuthServer.
+// It is safe to call Close multiple times.
+func (s *OAuthServer) Close() {
+	select {
+	case <-s.done:
+		// already closed
+	default:
+		close(s.done)
+	}
+}
+
+// RegisterExternalProvider adds an external OAuth2 provider (Google, GitHub, Microsoft, etc.)
+// that handles user authentication via redirect. The DatabaseAuthenticator must have been
+// configured with WithOAuth2(providerName, ...) before calling this.
+// Multiple providers can be registered; the first is used as the default.
+// All providers must be registered before the server starts serving requests.
+func (s *OAuthServer) RegisterExternalProvider(auth *DatabaseAuthenticator, providerName string) {
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	s.providers = append(s.providers, externalProvider{auth: auth, providerName: providerName})
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+}
+
+// ProviderCallbackPath returns the configured path for external provider callbacks.
+func (s *OAuthServer) ProviderCallbackPath() string {
+	return s.cfg.ProviderCallbackPath
+}
+
+// HTTPHandler returns an http.Handler that serves all RFC-required OAuth2 endpoints.
+// Mount it at the root of your HTTP server alongside the MCP transport.
+//
+//	mux := http.NewServeMux()
+//	mux.Handle("/", oauthServer.HTTPHandler())
+//	mux.Handle("/mcp/", mcpTransport)
+func (s *OAuthServer) HTTPHandler() http.Handler {
+	mux := http.NewServeMux()
+	mux.HandleFunc("/.well-known/oauth-authorization-server", s.metadataHandler)
+	mux.HandleFunc("/oauth/register", s.registerHandler)
+	mux.HandleFunc("/oauth/authorize", s.authorizeHandler)
+	mux.HandleFunc("/oauth/token", s.tokenHandler)
+	mux.HandleFunc("/oauth/revoke", s.revokeHandler)
+	mux.HandleFunc("/oauth/introspect", s.introspectHandler)
+	mux.HandleFunc(s.cfg.ProviderCallbackPath, s.providerCallbackHandler)
+	return mux
+}
+
+// cleanupExpired removes stale pending auths and codes every 5 minutes.
+func (s *OAuthServer) cleanupExpired() {
+	ticker := time.NewTicker(5 * time.Minute)
+	defer ticker.Stop()
+	for {
+		select {
+		case <-s.done:
+			return
+		case <-ticker.C:
+			now := time.Now()
+			s.mu.Lock()
+			for k, p := range s.pending {
+				if now.After(p.ExpiresAt) {
+					delete(s.pending, k)
+				}
+			}
+			for k, p := range s.codes {
+				if now.After(p.ExpiresAt) {
+					delete(s.codes, k)
+				}
+			}
+			s.mu.Unlock()
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RFC 8414 — Server metadata
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) metadataHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	issuer := s.cfg.Issuer
+	meta := map[string]interface{}{
+		"issuer":                                issuer,
+		"authorization_endpoint":                issuer + "/oauth/authorize",
+		"token_endpoint":                        issuer + "/oauth/token",
+		"registration_endpoint":                 issuer + "/oauth/register",
+		"revocation_endpoint":                   issuer + "/oauth/revoke",
+		"introspection_endpoint":                issuer + "/oauth/introspect",
+		"scopes_supported":                      s.cfg.DefaultScopes,
+		"response_types_supported":              []string{"code"},
+		"grant_types_supported":                 []string{"authorization_code", "refresh_token"},
+		"code_challenge_methods_supported":      []string{"S256"},
+		"token_endpoint_auth_methods_supported": []string{"none"},
+	}
+	w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	json.NewEncoder(w).Encode(meta) //nolint:errcheck
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RFC 7591 — Dynamic client registration
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) registerHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	if r.Method != http.MethodPost {
+		http.Error(w, "method not allowed", http.StatusMethodNotAllowed)
+		return
+	}
+	var req struct {
+		RedirectURIs  []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
+		ClientName    string   `json:"client_name"`
+		GrantTypes    []string `json:"grant_types"`
+		AllowedScopes []string `json:"allowed_scopes"`
+	}
+	if err := json.NewDecoder(r.Body).Decode(&req); err != nil {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_request", "malformed JSON", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+	if len(req.RedirectURIs) == 0 {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_request", "redirect_uris required", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+	grantTypes := req.GrantTypes
+	if len(grantTypes) == 0 {
+		grantTypes = []string{"authorization_code"}
+	}
+	allowedScopes := req.AllowedScopes
+	if len(allowedScopes) == 0 {
+		allowedScopes = s.cfg.DefaultScopes
+	}
+	clientID, err := randomOAuthToken()
+	if err != nil {
+		http.Error(w, "server error", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+		return
+	}
+	client := &oauthClient{
+		ClientID:      clientID,
+		RedirectURIs:  req.RedirectURIs,
+		ClientName:    req.ClientName,
+		GrantTypes:    grantTypes,
+		AllowedScopes: allowedScopes,
+	}
+
+	if s.cfg.PersistClients && s.auth != nil {
+		dbClient := &OAuthServerClient{
+			ClientID:      client.ClientID,
+			RedirectURIs:  client.RedirectURIs,
+			ClientName:    client.ClientName,
+			GrantTypes:    client.GrantTypes,
+			AllowedScopes: client.AllowedScopes,
+		}
+		if _, err := s.auth.OAuthRegisterClient(r.Context(), dbClient); err != nil {
+			http.Error(w, "server error", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+			return
+		}
+	}
+
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	s.clients[clientID] = client
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+
+	w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	w.WriteHeader(http.StatusCreated)
+	json.NewEncoder(w).Encode(client) //nolint:errcheck
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Authorization endpoint — GET + POST /oauth/authorize
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) authorizeHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	switch r.Method {
+	case http.MethodGet:
+		s.authorizeGet(w, r)
+	case http.MethodPost:
+		s.authorizePost(w, r)
+	default:
+		http.Error(w, "method not allowed", http.StatusMethodNotAllowed)
+	}
+}
+
+// authorizeGet validates the request and either:
+//   - Redirects to an external provider (if providers are registered)
+//   - Renders a login form (if the server is its own identity provider)
+func (s *OAuthServer) authorizeGet(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	q := r.URL.Query()
+	clientID := q.Get("client_id")
+	redirectURI := q.Get("redirect_uri")
+	clientState := q.Get("state")
+	codeChallenge := q.Get("code_challenge")
+	codeChallengeMethod := q.Get("code_challenge_method")
+	providerName := q.Get("provider")
+	scopeStr := q.Get("scope")
+	var scopes []string
+	if scopeStr != "" {
+		scopes = strings.Fields(scopeStr)
+	}
+
+	if q.Get("response_type") != "code" {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "unsupported_response_type", "only 'code' is supported", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+	if codeChallenge == "" {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_request", "code_challenge required (PKCE S256)", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+	if codeChallengeMethod != "" && codeChallengeMethod != "S256" {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_request", "only S256 code_challenge_method is supported", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+	client, ok := s.lookupOrFetchClient(r.Context(), clientID)
+	if !ok {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_client", "unknown client_id", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+	if !oauthSliceContains(client.RedirectURIs, redirectURI) {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_request", "redirect_uri not registered", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// External provider path
+	if len(s.providers) > 0 {
+		s.redirectToExternalProvider(w, r, clientID, redirectURI, clientState, codeChallenge, codeChallengeMethod, providerName, scopes)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Direct login form path (server is its own identity provider)
+	if s.auth == nil {
+		http.Error(w, "no authentication provider configured", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+		return
+	}
+	s.renderLoginForm(w, r, clientID, redirectURI, clientState, codeChallenge, codeChallengeMethod, scopeStr, "")
+}
+
+// authorizePost handles login form submission for the direct login flow.
+func (s *OAuthServer) authorizePost(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	if err := r.ParseForm(); err != nil {
+		http.Error(w, "invalid form", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+
+	clientID := r.FormValue("client_id")
+	redirectURI := r.FormValue("redirect_uri")
+	clientState := r.FormValue("client_state")
+	codeChallenge := r.FormValue("code_challenge")
+	codeChallengeMethod := r.FormValue("code_challenge_method")
+	username := r.FormValue("username")
+	password := r.FormValue("password")
+	scopeStr := r.FormValue("scope")
+	var scopes []string
+	if scopeStr != "" {
+		scopes = strings.Fields(scopeStr)
+	}
+
+	client, ok := s.lookupOrFetchClient(r.Context(), clientID)
+	if !ok || !oauthSliceContains(client.RedirectURIs, redirectURI) {
+		http.Error(w, "invalid client or redirect_uri", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+	if s.auth == nil {
+		http.Error(w, "no authentication provider configured", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+		return
+	}
+
+	loginResp, err := s.auth.Login(r.Context(), LoginRequest{
+		Username: username,
+		Password: password,
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		s.renderLoginForm(w, r, clientID, redirectURI, clientState, codeChallenge, codeChallengeMethod, scopeStr, "Invalid username or password")
+		return
+	}
+
+	s.issueCodeAndRedirect(w, r, loginResp.Token, loginResp.RefreshToken, clientID, redirectURI, clientState, codeChallenge, codeChallengeMethod, "", scopes)
+}
+
+// redirectToExternalProvider stores the pending auth and redirects to the configured provider.
+func (s *OAuthServer) redirectToExternalProvider(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, clientID, redirectURI, clientState, codeChallenge, codeChallengeMethod, providerName string, scopes []string) {
+	var provider *externalProvider
+	if providerName != "" {
+		for i := range s.providers {
+			if s.providers[i].providerName == providerName {
+				provider = &s.providers[i]
+				break
+			}
+		}
+		if provider == nil {
+			http.Error(w, fmt.Sprintf("provider %q not found", providerName), http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+	} else {
+		provider = &s.providers[0]
+	}
+
+	providerState, err := randomOAuthToken()
+	if err != nil {
+		http.Error(w, "server error", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+		return
+	}
+
+	pending := &pendingAuth{
+		ClientID:            clientID,
+		RedirectURI:         redirectURI,
+		ClientState:         clientState,
+		CodeChallenge:       codeChallenge,
+		CodeChallengeMethod: codeChallengeMethod,
+		ProviderName:        provider.providerName,
+		ExpiresAt:           time.Now().Add(10 * time.Minute),
+		Scopes:              scopes,
+	}
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	s.pending[providerState] = pending
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+
+	authURL, err := provider.auth.OAuth2GetAuthURL(provider.providerName, providerState)
+	if err != nil {
+		http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusInternalServerError)
+		return
+	}
+	http.Redirect(w, r, authURL, http.StatusFound)
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// External provider callback — GET {ProviderCallbackPath}
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) providerCallbackHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	code := r.URL.Query().Get("code")
+	providerState := r.URL.Query().Get("state")
+
+	if code == "" {
+		http.Error(w, "missing code", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	pending, ok := s.pending[providerState]
+	if ok {
+		delete(s.pending, providerState)
+	}
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+
+	if !ok || time.Now().After(pending.ExpiresAt) {
+		http.Error(w, "invalid or expired state", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+
+	provider := s.providerByName(pending.ProviderName)
+	if provider == nil {
+		http.Error(w, fmt.Sprintf("provider %q not found", pending.ProviderName), http.StatusInternalServerError)
+		return
+	}
+
+	loginResp, err := provider.auth.OAuth2HandleCallback(r.Context(), pending.ProviderName, code, providerState)
+	if err != nil {
+		http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusUnauthorized)
+		return
+	}
+
+	s.issueCodeAndRedirect(w, r, loginResp.Token, loginResp.RefreshToken,
+		pending.ClientID, pending.RedirectURI, pending.ClientState,
+		pending.CodeChallenge, pending.CodeChallengeMethod, pending.ProviderName, pending.Scopes)
+}
+
+// issueCodeAndRedirect generates a short-lived auth code and redirects to the MCP client.
+func (s *OAuthServer) issueCodeAndRedirect(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, sessionToken, refreshToken, clientID, redirectURI, clientState, codeChallenge, codeChallengeMethod, providerName string, scopes []string) {
+	authCode, err := randomOAuthToken()
+	if err != nil {
+		http.Error(w, "server error", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+		return
+	}
+
+	pending := &pendingAuth{
+		ClientID:            clientID,
+		RedirectURI:         redirectURI,
+		ClientState:         clientState,
+		CodeChallenge:       codeChallenge,
+		CodeChallengeMethod: codeChallengeMethod,
+		ProviderName:        providerName,
+		SessionToken:        sessionToken,
+		RefreshToken:        refreshToken,
+		ExpiresAt:           time.Now().Add(s.cfg.AuthCodeTTL),
+		Scopes:              scopes,
+	}
+
+	if s.cfg.PersistCodes && s.auth != nil {
+		oauthCode := &OAuthCode{
+			Code:                authCode,
+			ClientID:            clientID,
+			RedirectURI:         redirectURI,
+			ClientState:         clientState,
+			CodeChallenge:       codeChallenge,
+			CodeChallengeMethod: codeChallengeMethod,
+			SessionToken:        sessionToken,
+			RefreshToken:        refreshToken,
+			Scopes:              scopes,
+			ExpiresAt:           pending.ExpiresAt,
+		}
+		if err := s.auth.OAuthSaveCode(r.Context(), oauthCode); err != nil {
+			http.Error(w, "server error", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+			return
+		}
+	} else {
+		s.mu.Lock()
+		s.codes[authCode] = pending
+		s.mu.Unlock()
+	}
+
+	redirectURL, err := url.Parse(redirectURI)
+	if err != nil {
+		http.Error(w, "invalid redirect_uri", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+		return
+	}
+	qp := redirectURL.Query()
+	qp.Set("code", authCode)
+	if clientState != "" {
+		qp.Set("state", clientState)
+	}
+	redirectURL.RawQuery = qp.Encode()
+	http.Redirect(w, r, redirectURL.String(), http.StatusFound)
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Token endpoint — POST /oauth/token
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) tokenHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	if r.Method != http.MethodPost {
+		http.Error(w, "method not allowed", http.StatusMethodNotAllowed)
+		return
+	}
+	if err := r.ParseForm(); err != nil {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_request", "cannot parse form", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+	switch r.FormValue("grant_type") {
+	case "authorization_code":
+		s.handleAuthCodeGrant(w, r)
+	case "refresh_token":
+		s.handleRefreshGrant(w, r)
+	default:
+		writeOAuthError(w, "unsupported_grant_type", "", http.StatusBadRequest)
+	}
+}
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) handleAuthCodeGrant(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	code := r.FormValue("code")
+	redirectURI := r.FormValue("redirect_uri")
+	clientID := r.FormValue("client_id")
+	codeVerifier := r.FormValue("code_verifier")
+
+	if code == "" || codeVerifier == "" {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_request", "code and code_verifier required", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+
+	var sessionToken string
+	var refreshToken string
+	var scopes []string
+
+	if s.cfg.PersistCodes && s.auth != nil {
+		oauthCode, err := s.auth.OAuthExchangeCode(r.Context(), code)
+		if err != nil {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_grant", "code expired or invalid", http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		if oauthCode.ClientID != clientID {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_client", "", http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		if oauthCode.RedirectURI != redirectURI {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_grant", "redirect_uri mismatch", http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		if !validatePKCESHA256(oauthCode.CodeChallenge, codeVerifier) {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_grant", "code_verifier invalid", http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		sessionToken = oauthCode.SessionToken
+		refreshToken = oauthCode.RefreshToken
+		scopes = oauthCode.Scopes
+	} else {
+		s.mu.Lock()
+		pending, ok := s.codes[code]
+		if ok {
+			delete(s.codes, code)
+		}
+		s.mu.Unlock()
+
+		if !ok || time.Now().After(pending.ExpiresAt) {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_grant", "code expired or invalid", http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		if pending.ClientID != clientID {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_client", "", http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		if pending.RedirectURI != redirectURI {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_grant", "redirect_uri mismatch", http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		if !validatePKCESHA256(pending.CodeChallenge, codeVerifier) {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_grant", "code_verifier invalid", http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		sessionToken = pending.SessionToken
+		refreshToken = pending.RefreshToken
+		scopes = pending.Scopes
+	}
+
+	s.writeOAuthToken(w, sessionToken, refreshToken, scopes)
+}
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) handleRefreshGrant(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	refreshToken := r.FormValue("refresh_token")
+	providerName := r.FormValue("provider")
+	if refreshToken == "" {
+		writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_request", "refresh_token required", http.StatusBadRequest)
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Try external providers first, then fall back to DatabaseAuthenticator
+	provider := s.providerByName(providerName)
+	if provider != nil {
+		loginResp, err := provider.auth.OAuth2RefreshToken(r.Context(), refreshToken, providerName)
+		if err != nil {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_grant", err.Error(), http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		s.writeOAuthToken(w, loginResp.Token, loginResp.RefreshToken, nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if s.auth != nil {
+		loginResp, err := s.auth.RefreshToken(r.Context(), refreshToken)
+		if err != nil {
+			writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_grant", err.Error(), http.StatusBadRequest)
+			return
+		}
+		s.writeOAuthToken(w, loginResp.Token, loginResp.RefreshToken, nil)
+		return
+	}
+
+	writeOAuthError(w, "invalid_grant", "no provider available for refresh", http.StatusBadRequest)
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RFC 7009 — Token revocation
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) revokeHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	if r.Method != http.MethodPost {
+		http.Error(w, "method not allowed", http.StatusMethodNotAllowed)
+		return
+	}
+	if err := r.ParseForm(); err != nil {
+		w.WriteHeader(http.StatusOK)
+		return
+	}
+	token := r.FormValue("token")
+	if token == "" {
+		w.WriteHeader(http.StatusOK)
+		return
+	}
+
+	if s.auth != nil {
+		s.auth.OAuthRevokeToken(r.Context(), token) //nolint:errcheck
+	} else {
+		// In external-provider-only mode, attempt revocation via the first provider's auth.
+		s.mu.RLock()
+		var providerAuth *DatabaseAuthenticator
+		if len(s.providers) > 0 {
+			providerAuth = s.providers[0].auth
+		}
+		s.mu.RUnlock()
+		if providerAuth != nil {
+			providerAuth.OAuthRevokeToken(r.Context(), token) //nolint:errcheck
+		}
+	}
+	w.WriteHeader(http.StatusOK)
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RFC 7662 — Token introspection
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) introspectHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	if r.Method != http.MethodPost {
+		http.Error(w, "method not allowed", http.StatusMethodNotAllowed)
+		return
+	}
+	if err := r.ParseForm(); err != nil {
+		w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+		w.Write([]byte(`{"active":false}`)) //nolint:errcheck
+		return
+	}
+	token := r.FormValue("token")
+	w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+
+	if token == "" {
+		w.Write([]byte(`{"active":false}`)) //nolint:errcheck
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Resolve the authenticator to use: prefer the primary auth, then the first provider's auth.
+	authToUse := s.auth
+	if authToUse == nil {
+		s.mu.RLock()
+		if len(s.providers) > 0 {
+			authToUse = s.providers[0].auth
+		}
+		s.mu.RUnlock()
+	}
+	if authToUse == nil {
+		w.Write([]byte(`{"active":false}`)) //nolint:errcheck
+		return
+	}
+
+	info, err := authToUse.OAuthIntrospectToken(r.Context(), token)
+	if err != nil {
+		w.Write([]byte(`{"active":false}`)) //nolint:errcheck
+		return
+	}
+	json.NewEncoder(w).Encode(info) //nolint:errcheck
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Login form (direct identity provider mode)
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) renderLoginForm(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request, clientID, redirectURI, clientState, codeChallenge, codeChallengeMethod, scope, errMsg string) {
+	w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "text/html; charset=utf-8")
+	errHTML := ""
+	if errMsg != "" {
+		errHTML = `<p style="color:red">` + errMsg + `</p>`
+	}
+	fmt.Fprintf(w, loginFormHTML,
+		s.cfg.LoginTitle,
+		s.cfg.LoginTitle,
+		errHTML,
+		clientID,
+		htmlEscape(redirectURI),
+		htmlEscape(clientState),
+		htmlEscape(codeChallenge),
+		htmlEscape(codeChallengeMethod),
+		htmlEscape(scope),
+	)
+}
+
+const loginFormHTML = `<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html><head><meta charset="utf-8"><title>%s</title>
+<style>body{font-family:sans-serif;display:flex;justify-content:center;align-items:center;min-height:100vh;margin:0;background:#f5f5f5}
+.card{background:#fff;padding:2rem;border-radius:8px;box-shadow:0 2px 8px rgba(0,0,0,.15);width:320px}
+h2{margin:0 0 1.5rem;font-size:1.25rem}
+label{display:block;margin-bottom:.25rem;font-size:.875rem;color:#555}
+input[type=text],input[type=password]{width:100%%;box-sizing:border-box;padding:.5rem;border:1px solid #ccc;border-radius:4px;margin-bottom:1rem;font-size:1rem}
+button{width:100%%;padding:.6rem;background:#0070f3;color:#fff;border:none;border-radius:4px;font-size:1rem;cursor:pointer}
+button:hover{background:#005fd4}.err{color:#d32f2f;margin-bottom:1rem;font-size:.875rem}</style>
+</head><body><div class="card">
+<h2>%s</h2>%s
+<form method="POST" action="authorize">
+<input type="hidden" name="client_id" value="%s">
+<input type="hidden" name="redirect_uri" value="%s">
+<input type="hidden" name="client_state" value="%s">
+<input type="hidden" name="code_challenge" value="%s">
+<input type="hidden" name="code_challenge_method" value="%s">
+<input type="hidden" name="scope" value="%s">
+<label>Username</label><input type="text" name="username" autofocus autocomplete="username">
+<label>Password</label><input type="password" name="password" autocomplete="current-password">
+<button type="submit">Sign in</button>
+</form></div></body></html>`
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helpers
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// lookupOrFetchClient checks in-memory first, then DB if PersistClients is enabled.
+func (s *OAuthServer) lookupOrFetchClient(ctx context.Context, clientID string) (*oauthClient, bool) {
+	s.mu.RLock()
+	c, ok := s.clients[clientID]
+	s.mu.RUnlock()
+	if ok {
+		return c, true
+	}
+
+	if !s.cfg.PersistClients || s.auth == nil {
+		return nil, false
+	}
+
+	dbClient, err := s.auth.OAuthGetClient(ctx, clientID)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, false
+	}
+
+	c = &oauthClient{
+		ClientID:      dbClient.ClientID,
+		RedirectURIs:  dbClient.RedirectURIs,
+		ClientName:    dbClient.ClientName,
+		GrantTypes:    dbClient.GrantTypes,
+		AllowedScopes: dbClient.AllowedScopes,
+	}
+	s.mu.Lock()
+	s.clients[clientID] = c
+	s.mu.Unlock()
+	return c, true
+}
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) providerByName(name string) *externalProvider {
+	for i := range s.providers {
+		if s.providers[i].providerName == name {
+			return &s.providers[i]
+		}
+	}
+	// If name is empty and only one provider exists, return it
+	if name == "" && len(s.providers) == 1 {
+		return &s.providers[0]
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func validatePKCESHA256(challenge, verifier string) bool {
+	h := sha256.Sum256([]byte(verifier))
+	return base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(h[:]) == challenge
+}
+
+func randomOAuthToken() (string, error) {
+	b := make([]byte, 32)
+	if _, err := rand.Read(b); err != nil {
+		return "", err
+	}
+	return base64.RawURLEncoding.EncodeToString(b), nil
+}
+
+func oauthSliceContains(slice []string, s string) bool {
+	for _, v := range slice {
+		if v == s {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+func (s *OAuthServer) writeOAuthToken(w http.ResponseWriter, accessToken, refreshToken string, scopes []string) {
+	expiresIn := int64(s.cfg.AccessTokenTTL.Seconds())
+	resp := map[string]interface{}{
+		"access_token": accessToken,
+		"token_type":   "Bearer",
+		"expires_in":   expiresIn,
+	}
+	if refreshToken != "" {
+		resp["refresh_token"] = refreshToken
+	}
+	if len(scopes) > 0 {
+		resp["scope"] = strings.Join(scopes, " ")
+	}
+	w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	w.Header().Set("Cache-Control", "no-store")
+	w.Header().Set("Pragma", "no-cache")
+	json.NewEncoder(w).Encode(resp) //nolint:errcheck
+}
+
+func writeOAuthError(w http.ResponseWriter, errCode, description string, status int) {
+	resp := map[string]string{"error": errCode}
+	if description != "" {
+		resp["error_description"] = description
+	}
+	w.Header().Set("Content-Type", "application/json")
+	w.WriteHeader(status)
+	json.NewEncoder(w).Encode(resp) //nolint:errcheck
+}
+
+func htmlEscape(s string) string {
+	s = strings.ReplaceAll(s, "&", "&amp;")
+	s = strings.ReplaceAll(s, `"`, "&#34;")
+	s = strings.ReplaceAll(s, "<", "&lt;")
+	s = strings.ReplaceAll(s, ">", "&gt;")
+	return s
+}

pkg/security/oauth_server_db.go

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+package security
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// OAuthServerClient is a persisted RFC 7591 registered OAuth2 client.
+type OAuthServerClient struct {
+	ClientID      string   `json:"client_id"`
+	RedirectURIs  []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
+	ClientName    string   `json:"client_name,omitempty"`
+	GrantTypes    []string `json:"grant_types"`
+	AllowedScopes []string `json:"allowed_scopes,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// OAuthCode is a short-lived authorization code.
+type OAuthCode struct {
+	Code                string    `json:"code"`
+	ClientID            string    `json:"client_id"`
+	RedirectURI         string    `json:"redirect_uri"`
+	ClientState         string    `json:"client_state,omitempty"`
+	CodeChallenge       string    `json:"code_challenge"`
+	CodeChallengeMethod string    `json:"code_challenge_method"`
+	SessionToken        string    `json:"session_token"`
+	RefreshToken        string    `json:"refresh_token,omitempty"`
+	Scopes              []string  `json:"scopes,omitempty"`
+	ExpiresAt           time.Time `json:"expires_at"`
+}
+
+// OAuthTokenInfo is the RFC 7662 token introspection response.
+type OAuthTokenInfo struct {
+	Active    bool     `json:"active"`
+	Sub       string   `json:"sub,omitempty"`
+	Username  string   `json:"username,omitempty"`
+	Email     string   `json:"email,omitempty"`
+	UserLevel int      `json:"user_level,omitempty"`
+	Roles     []string `json:"roles,omitempty"`
+	Exp       int64    `json:"exp,omitempty"`
+	Iat       int64    `json:"iat,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// OAuthRegisterClient persists an OAuth2 client registration.
+func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) OAuthRegisterClient(ctx context.Context, client *OAuthServerClient) (*OAuthServerClient, error) {
+	input, err := json.Marshal(client)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal client: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	var success bool
+	var errMsg *string
+	var data []byte
+
+	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
+		SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text
+		FROM %s($1::jsonb)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthRegisterClient), input).Scan(&success, &errMsg, &data)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to register client: %w", err)
+	}
+	if !success {
+		if errMsg != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("%s", *errMsg)
+		}
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to register client")
+	}
+
+	var result OAuthServerClient
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &result); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse registered client: %w", err)
+	}
+	return &result, nil
+}
+
+// OAuthGetClient retrieves a registered client by ID.
+func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) OAuthGetClient(ctx context.Context, clientID string) (*OAuthServerClient, error) {
+	var success bool
+	var errMsg *string
+	var data []byte
+
+	err := a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
+		SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text
+		FROM %s($1)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthGetClient), clientID).Scan(&success, &errMsg, &data)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to get client: %w", err)
+	}
+	if !success {
+		if errMsg != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("%s", *errMsg)
+		}
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("client not found")
+	}
+
+	var result OAuthServerClient
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &result); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse client: %w", err)
+	}
+	return &result, nil
+}
+
+// OAuthSaveCode persists an authorization code.
+func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) OAuthSaveCode(ctx context.Context, code *OAuthCode) error {
+	input, err := json.Marshal(code)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal code: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	var success bool
+	var errMsg *string
+
+	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
+		SELECT p_success, p_error
+		FROM %s($1::jsonb)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthSaveCode), input).Scan(&success, &errMsg)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to save code: %w", err)
+	}
+	if !success {
+		if errMsg != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s", *errMsg)
+		}
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to save code")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// OAuthExchangeCode retrieves and deletes an authorization code (single use).
+func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) OAuthExchangeCode(ctx context.Context, code string) (*OAuthCode, error) {
+	var success bool
+	var errMsg *string
+	var data []byte
+
+	err := a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
+		SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text
+		FROM %s($1)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthExchangeCode), code).Scan(&success, &errMsg, &data)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to exchange code: %w", err)
+	}
+	if !success {
+		if errMsg != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("%s", *errMsg)
+		}
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid or expired code")
+	}
+
+	var result OAuthCode
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &result); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse code data: %w", err)
+	}
+	result.Code = code
+	return &result, nil
+}
+
+// OAuthIntrospectToken validates a token and returns its metadata (RFC 7662).
+func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) OAuthIntrospectToken(ctx context.Context, token string) (*OAuthTokenInfo, error) {
+	var success bool
+	var errMsg *string
+	var data []byte
+
+	err := a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
+		SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text
+		FROM %s($1)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthIntrospect), token).Scan(&success, &errMsg, &data)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to introspect token: %w", err)
+	}
+	if !success {
+		if errMsg != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("%s", *errMsg)
+		}
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("introspection failed")
+	}
+
+	var result OAuthTokenInfo
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(data, &result); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse token info: %w", err)
+	}
+	return &result, nil
+}
+
+// OAuthRevokeToken revokes a token by deleting the session (RFC 7009).
+func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) OAuthRevokeToken(ctx context.Context, token string) error {
+	var success bool
+	var errMsg *string
+
+	err := a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, fmt.Sprintf(`
+		SELECT p_success, p_error
+		FROM %s($1)
+	`, a.sqlNames.OAuthRevoke), token).Scan(&success, &errMsg)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to revoke token: %w", err)
+	}
+	if !success {
+		if errMsg != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s", *errMsg)
+		}
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to revoke token")
+	}
+	return nil
+}

pkg/security/passkey_provider.go

@@ -7,16 +7,21 @@ import (
 	"encoding/base64"
 	"encoding/json"
 	"fmt"
+	"sync"
 	"time"
 )
 
 // DatabasePasskeyProvider implements PasskeyProvider using database storage
+// Procedure names are configurable via SQLNames (see DefaultSQLNames for defaults)
 type DatabasePasskeyProvider struct {
 	db        *sql.DB
+	dbMu      sync.RWMutex
+	dbFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
 	rpID      string // Relying Party ID (domain)
 	rpName    string // Relying Party display name
 	rpOrigin  string // Expected origin for WebAuthn
 	timeout   int64  // Timeout in milliseconds (default: 60000)
+	sqlNames  *SQLNames
 }
 
 // DatabasePasskeyProviderOptions configures the passkey provider
@@ -29,6 +34,11 @@ type DatabasePasskeyProviderOptions struct {
 	RPOrigin string
 	// Timeout is the timeout for operations in milliseconds (default: 60000)
 	Timeout int64
+	// SQLNames provides custom SQL procedure/function names. If nil, uses DefaultSQLNames().
+	SQLNames *SQLNames
+	// DBFactory is called to obtain a fresh *sql.DB when the existing connection is closed.
+	// If nil, reconnection is disabled.
+	DBFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
 }
 
 // NewDatabasePasskeyProvider creates a new database-backed passkey provider
@@ -37,15 +47,39 @@ func NewDatabasePasskeyProvider(db *sql.DB, opts DatabasePasskeyProviderOptions)
 		opts.Timeout = 60000 // 60 seconds default
 	}
 
+	sqlNames := MergeSQLNames(DefaultSQLNames(), opts.SQLNames)
+
 	return &DatabasePasskeyProvider{
 		db:        db,
+		dbFactory: opts.DBFactory,
 		rpID:      opts.RPID,
 		rpName:    opts.RPName,
 		rpOrigin:  opts.RPOrigin,
 		timeout:   opts.Timeout,
+		sqlNames:  sqlNames,
 	}
 }
 
+func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) getDB() *sql.DB {
+	p.dbMu.RLock()
+	defer p.dbMu.RUnlock()
+	return p.db
+}
+
+func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) reconnectDB() error {
+	if p.dbFactory == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no db factory configured for reconnect")
+	}
+	newDB, err := p.dbFactory()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	p.dbMu.Lock()
+	p.db = newDB
+	p.dbMu.Unlock()
+	return nil
+}
+
 // BeginRegistration creates registration options for a new passkey
 func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) BeginRegistration(ctx context.Context, userID int, username, displayName string) (*PasskeyRegistrationOptions, error) {
 	// Generate challenge
@@ -132,8 +166,8 @@ func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) CompleteRegistration(ctx context.Context, user
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var credentialID sql.NullInt64
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_credential_id FROM resolvespec_passkey_store_credential($1::jsonb)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_credential_id FROM %s($1::jsonb)`, p.sqlNames.PasskeyStoreCredential)
-	err = p.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(credJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &credentialID)
+	err = p.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(credJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &credentialID)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to store credential: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -173,8 +207,8 @@ func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) BeginAuthentication(ctx context.Context, usern
 		var userID sql.NullInt64
 		var credentialsJSON sql.NullString
 
-		query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user_id, p_credentials::text FROM resolvespec_passkey_get_credentials_by_username($1)`
+		query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user_id, p_credentials::text FROM %s($1)`, p.sqlNames.PasskeyGetCredsByUsername)
-		err := p.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, username).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &userID, &credentialsJSON)
+		err := p.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, username).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &userID, &credentialsJSON)
 		if err != nil {
 			return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to get credentials: %w", err)
 		}
@@ -233,8 +267,16 @@ func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) CompleteAuthentication(ctx context.Context, re
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var credentialJSON sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_credential::text FROM resolvespec_passkey_get_credential($1)`
+	runQuery := func() error {
-	err := p.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, response.RawID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &credentialJSON)
+		query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_credential::text FROM %s($1)`, p.sqlNames.PasskeyGetCredential)
+		return p.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, response.RawID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &credentialJSON)
+	}
+	err := runQuery()
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := p.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = runQuery()
+		}
+	}
 	if err != nil {
 		return 0, fmt.Errorf("failed to get credential: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -264,8 +306,8 @@ func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) CompleteAuthentication(ctx context.Context, re
 	var updateError sql.NullString
 	var cloneWarning sql.NullBool
 
-	updateQuery := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_clone_warning FROM resolvespec_passkey_update_counter($1, $2)`
+	updateQuery := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_clone_warning FROM %s($1, $2)`, p.sqlNames.PasskeyUpdateCounter)
-	err = p.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, updateQuery, response.RawID, newCounter).Scan(&updateSuccess, &updateError, &cloneWarning)
+	err = p.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, updateQuery, response.RawID, newCounter).Scan(&updateSuccess, &updateError, &cloneWarning)
 	if err != nil {
 		return 0, fmt.Errorf("failed to update counter: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -283,8 +325,8 @@ func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) GetCredentials(ctx context.Context, userID int
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var credentialsJSON sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_credentials::text FROM resolvespec_passkey_get_user_credentials($1)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_credentials::text FROM %s($1)`, p.sqlNames.PasskeyGetUserCredentials)
-	err := p.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &credentialsJSON)
+	err := p.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &credentialsJSON)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to get credentials: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -362,8 +404,8 @@ func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) DeleteCredential(ctx context.Context, userID i
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error FROM resolvespec_passkey_delete_credential($1, $2)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error FROM %s($1, $2)`, p.sqlNames.PasskeyDeleteCredential)
-	err = p.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID, credID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg)
+	err = p.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID, credID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg)
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("failed to delete credential: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -388,8 +430,8 @@ func (p *DatabasePasskeyProvider) UpdateCredentialName(ctx context.Context, user
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error FROM resolvespec_passkey_update_name($1, $2, $3)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error FROM %s($1, $2, $3)`, p.sqlNames.PasskeyUpdateName)
-	err = p.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID, credID, name).Scan(&success, &errorMsg)
+	err = p.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID, credID, name).Scan(&success, &errorMsg)
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("failed to update credential name: %w", err)
 	}

pkg/security/providers.go

@@ -58,15 +58,17 @@ func (a *HeaderAuthenticator) Authenticate(r *http.Request) (*UserContext, error
 
 // DatabaseAuthenticator provides session-based authentication with database storage
 // All database operations go through stored procedures for security and consistency
-// Requires stored procedures: resolvespec_login, resolvespec_logout, resolvespec_session,
+// Procedure names are configurable via SQLNames (see DefaultSQLNames for defaults)
-// resolvespec_session_update, resolvespec_refresh_token
 // See database_schema.sql for procedure definitions
 // Also supports multiple OAuth2 providers configured with WithOAuth2()
 // Also supports passkey authentication configured with WithPasskey()
 type DatabaseAuthenticator struct {
 	db        *sql.DB
+	dbMu      sync.RWMutex
+	dbFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
 	cache     *cache.Cache
 	cacheTTL  time.Duration
+	sqlNames  *SQLNames
 
 	// OAuth2 providers registry (multiple providers supported)
 	oauth2Providers      map[string]*OAuth2Provider
@@ -85,6 +87,12 @@ type DatabaseAuthenticatorOptions struct {
 	Cache *cache.Cache
 	// PasskeyProvider is an optional passkey provider for WebAuthn/FIDO2 authentication
 	PasskeyProvider PasskeyProvider
+	// SQLNames provides custom SQL procedure/function names. If nil, uses DefaultSQLNames().
+	// Partial overrides are supported: only set the fields you want to change.
+	SQLNames *SQLNames
+	// DBFactory is called to obtain a fresh *sql.DB when the existing connection is closed.
+	// If nil, reconnection is disabled.
+	DBFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
 }
 
 func NewDatabaseAuthenticator(db *sql.DB) *DatabaseAuthenticator {
@@ -103,14 +111,38 @@ func NewDatabaseAuthenticatorWithOptions(db *sql.DB, opts DatabaseAuthenticatorO
 		cacheInstance = cache.GetDefaultCache()
 	}
 
+	sqlNames := MergeSQLNames(DefaultSQLNames(), opts.SQLNames)
+
 	return &DatabaseAuthenticator{
 		db:              db,
+		dbFactory:       opts.DBFactory,
 		cache:           cacheInstance,
 		cacheTTL:        opts.CacheTTL,
+		sqlNames:        sqlNames,
 		passkeyProvider: opts.PasskeyProvider,
 	}
 }
 
+func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) getDB() *sql.DB {
+	a.dbMu.RLock()
+	defer a.dbMu.RUnlock()
+	return a.db
+}
+
+func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) reconnectDB() error {
+	if a.dbFactory == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no db factory configured for reconnect")
+	}
+	newDB, err := a.dbFactory()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	a.dbMu.Lock()
+	a.db = newDB
+	a.dbMu.Unlock()
+	return nil
+}
+
 func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) Login(ctx context.Context, req LoginRequest) (*LoginResponse, error) {
 	// Convert LoginRequest to JSON
 	reqJSON, err := json.Marshal(req)
@@ -118,13 +150,20 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) Login(ctx context.Context, req LoginRequest) (*L
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal login request: %w", err)
 	}
 
-	// Call resolvespec_login stored procedure
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var dataJSON sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text FROM resolvespec_login($1::jsonb)`
+	runLoginQuery := func() error {
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(reqJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &dataJSON)
+		query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text FROM %s($1::jsonb)`, a.sqlNames.Login)
+		return a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(reqJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &dataJSON)
+	}
+	err = runLoginQuery()
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := a.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = runLoginQuery()
+		}
+	}
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("login query failed: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -153,13 +192,12 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) Register(ctx context.Context, req RegisterReques
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal register request: %w", err)
 	}
 
-	// Call resolvespec_register stored procedure
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var dataJSON sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text FROM resolvespec_register($1::jsonb)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text FROM %s($1::jsonb)`, a.sqlNames.Register)
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(reqJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &dataJSON)
+	err = a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(reqJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &dataJSON)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("register query failed: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -187,13 +225,12 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) Logout(ctx context.Context, req LogoutRequest) e
 		return fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal logout request: %w", err)
 	}
 
-	// Call resolvespec_logout stored procedure
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var dataJSON sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text FROM resolvespec_logout($1::jsonb)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text FROM %s($1::jsonb)`, a.sqlNames.Logout)
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(reqJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &dataJSON)
+	err = a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(reqJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &dataJSON)
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("logout query failed: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -266,8 +303,8 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) Authenticate(r *http.Request) (*UserContext, err
 			var errorMsg sql.NullString
 			var userJSON sql.NullString
 
-			query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user::text FROM resolvespec_session($1, $2)`
+			query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user::text FROM %s($1, $2)`, a.sqlNames.Session)
-			err := a.db.QueryRowContext(r.Context(), query, token, reference).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &userJSON)
+			err := a.getDB().QueryRowContext(r.Context(), query, token, reference).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &userJSON)
 			if err != nil {
 				return nil, fmt.Errorf("session query failed: %w", err)
 			}
@@ -338,25 +375,23 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) updateSessionActivity(ctx context.Context, sessi
 		return
 	}
 
-	// Call resolvespec_session_update stored procedure
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var updatedUserJSON sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user::text FROM resolvespec_session_update($1, $2::jsonb)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user::text FROM %s($1, $2::jsonb)`, a.sqlNames.SessionUpdate)
-	_ = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, sessionToken, string(userJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &updatedUserJSON)
+	_ = a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, sessionToken, string(userJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &updatedUserJSON)
 }
 
 // RefreshToken implements Refreshable interface
 func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) RefreshToken(ctx context.Context, refreshToken string) (*LoginResponse, error) {
-	// Call api_refresh_token stored procedure
 	// First, we need to get the current user context for the refresh token
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var userJSON sql.NullString
 	// Get current session to pass to refresh
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user::text FROM resolvespec_session($1, $2)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user::text FROM %s($1, $2)`, a.sqlNames.Session)
-	err := a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, refreshToken, "refresh").Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &userJSON)
+	err := a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, refreshToken, "refresh").Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &userJSON)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("refresh token query failed: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -368,13 +403,12 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) RefreshToken(ctx context.Context, refreshToken s
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid refresh token")
 	}
 
-	// Call resolvespec_refresh_token to generate new token
 	var newSuccess bool
 	var newErrorMsg sql.NullString
 	var newUserJSON sql.NullString
 
-	refreshQuery := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user::text FROM resolvespec_refresh_token($1, $2::jsonb)`
+	refreshQuery := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user::text FROM %s($1, $2::jsonb)`, a.sqlNames.RefreshToken)
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, refreshQuery, refreshToken, userJSON).Scan(&newSuccess, &newErrorMsg, &newUserJSON)
+	err = a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, refreshQuery, refreshToken, userJSON).Scan(&newSuccess, &newErrorMsg, &newUserJSON)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("refresh token generation failed: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -401,28 +435,65 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) RefreshToken(ctx context.Context, refreshToken s
 
 // JWTAuthenticator provides JWT token-based authentication
 // All database operations go through stored procedures
-// Requires stored procedures: resolvespec_jwt_login, resolvespec_jwt_logout
+// Procedure names are configurable via SQLNames (see DefaultSQLNames for defaults)
 // NOTE: JWT signing/verification requires github.com/golang-jwt/jwt/v5 to be installed and imported
 type JWTAuthenticator struct {
 	secretKey []byte
 	db        *sql.DB
+	dbMu      sync.RWMutex
+	dbFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
+	sqlNames  *SQLNames
 }
 
-func NewJWTAuthenticator(secretKey string, db *sql.DB) *JWTAuthenticator {
+func NewJWTAuthenticator(secretKey string, db *sql.DB, names ...*SQLNames) *JWTAuthenticator {
 	return &JWTAuthenticator{
 		secretKey: []byte(secretKey),
 		db:        db,
+		sqlNames:  resolveSQLNames(names...),
 	}
 }
 
+// WithDBFactory configures a factory used to reopen the database connection if it is closed.
+func (a *JWTAuthenticator) WithDBFactory(factory func() (*sql.DB, error)) *JWTAuthenticator {
+	a.dbFactory = factory
+	return a
+}
+
+func (a *JWTAuthenticator) getDB() *sql.DB {
+	a.dbMu.RLock()
+	defer a.dbMu.RUnlock()
+	return a.db
+}
+
+func (a *JWTAuthenticator) reconnectDB() error {
+	if a.dbFactory == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no db factory configured for reconnect")
+	}
+	newDB, err := a.dbFactory()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	a.dbMu.Lock()
+	a.db = newDB
+	a.dbMu.Unlock()
+	return nil
+}
+
 func (a *JWTAuthenticator) Login(ctx context.Context, req LoginRequest) (*LoginResponse, error) {
-	// Call resolvespec_jwt_login stored procedure
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var userJSON []byte
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user FROM resolvespec_jwt_login($1, $2)`
+	runLoginQuery := func() error {
-	err := a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, req.Username, req.Password).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &userJSON)
+		query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_user FROM %s($1, $2)`, a.sqlNames.JWTLogin)
+		return a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, req.Username, req.Password).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &userJSON)
+	}
+	err := runLoginQuery()
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := a.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = runLoginQuery()
+		}
+	}
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("login query failed: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -471,12 +542,11 @@ func (a *JWTAuthenticator) Login(ctx context.Context, req LoginRequest) (*LoginR
 }
 
 func (a *JWTAuthenticator) Logout(ctx context.Context, req LogoutRequest) error {
-	// Call resolvespec_jwt_logout stored procedure
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error FROM resolvespec_jwt_logout($1, $2)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error FROM %s($1, $2)`, a.sqlNames.JWTLogout)
-	err := a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, req.Token, req.UserID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg)
+	err := a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, req.Token, req.UserID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg)
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("logout query failed: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -511,25 +581,60 @@ func (a *JWTAuthenticator) Authenticate(r *http.Request) (*UserContext, error) {
 
 // DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider loads column security from database
 // All database operations go through stored procedures
-// Requires stored procedure: resolvespec_column_security
+// Procedure names are configurable via SQLNames (see DefaultSQLNames for defaults)
 type DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider struct {
 	db        *sql.DB
+	dbMu      sync.RWMutex
+	dbFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
+	sqlNames  *SQLNames
 }
 
-func NewDatabaseColumnSecurityProvider(db *sql.DB) *DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider {
+func NewDatabaseColumnSecurityProvider(db *sql.DB, names ...*SQLNames) *DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider {
-	return &DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider{db: db}
+	return &DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider{db: db, sqlNames: resolveSQLNames(names...)}
+}
+
+func (p *DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider) WithDBFactory(factory func() (*sql.DB, error)) *DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider {
+	p.dbFactory = factory
+	return p
+}
+
+func (p *DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider) getDB() *sql.DB {
+	p.dbMu.RLock()
+	defer p.dbMu.RUnlock()
+	return p.db
+}
+
+func (p *DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider) reconnectDB() error {
+	if p.dbFactory == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no db factory configured for reconnect")
+	}
+	newDB, err := p.dbFactory()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	p.dbMu.Lock()
+	p.db = newDB
+	p.dbMu.Unlock()
+	return nil
 }
 
 func (p *DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider) GetColumnSecurity(ctx context.Context, userID int, schema, table string) ([]ColumnSecurity, error) {
 	var rules []ColumnSecurity
 
-	// Call resolvespec_column_security stored procedure
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var rulesJSON []byte
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_rules FROM resolvespec_column_security($1, $2, $3)`
+	runQuery := func() error {
-	err := p.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID, schema, table).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &rulesJSON)
+		query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_rules FROM %s($1, $2, $3)`, p.sqlNames.ColumnSecurity)
+		return p.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID, schema, table).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &rulesJSON)
+	}
+	err := runQuery()
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := p.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = runQuery()
+		}
+	}
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to load column security: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -576,23 +681,57 @@ func (p *DatabaseColumnSecurityProvider) GetColumnSecurity(ctx context.Context,
 
 // DatabaseRowSecurityProvider loads row security from database
 // All database operations go through stored procedures
-// Requires stored procedure: resolvespec_row_security
+// Procedure names are configurable via SQLNames (see DefaultSQLNames for defaults)
 type DatabaseRowSecurityProvider struct {
 	db        *sql.DB
+	dbMu      sync.RWMutex
+	dbFactory func() (*sql.DB, error)
+	sqlNames  *SQLNames
 }
 
-func NewDatabaseRowSecurityProvider(db *sql.DB) *DatabaseRowSecurityProvider {
+func NewDatabaseRowSecurityProvider(db *sql.DB, names ...*SQLNames) *DatabaseRowSecurityProvider {
-	return &DatabaseRowSecurityProvider{db: db}
+	return &DatabaseRowSecurityProvider{db: db, sqlNames: resolveSQLNames(names...)}
+}
+
+func (p *DatabaseRowSecurityProvider) WithDBFactory(factory func() (*sql.DB, error)) *DatabaseRowSecurityProvider {
+	p.dbFactory = factory
+	return p
+}
+
+func (p *DatabaseRowSecurityProvider) getDB() *sql.DB {
+	p.dbMu.RLock()
+	defer p.dbMu.RUnlock()
+	return p.db
+}
+
+func (p *DatabaseRowSecurityProvider) reconnectDB() error {
+	if p.dbFactory == nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no db factory configured for reconnect")
+	}
+	newDB, err := p.dbFactory()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	p.dbMu.Lock()
+	p.db = newDB
+	p.dbMu.Unlock()
+	return nil
 }
 
 func (p *DatabaseRowSecurityProvider) GetRowSecurity(ctx context.Context, userID int, schema, table string) (RowSecurity, error) {
 	var template string
 	var hasBlock bool
 
-	// Call resolvespec_row_security stored procedure
+	runQuery := func() error {
-	query := `SELECT p_template, p_block FROM resolvespec_row_security($1, $2, $3)`
+		query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_template, p_block FROM %s($1, $2, $3)`, p.sqlNames.RowSecurity)
-
+		return p.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, schema, table, userID).Scan(&template, &hasBlock)
-	err := p.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, schema, table, userID).Scan(&template, &hasBlock)
+	}
+	err := runQuery()
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
+		if reconnErr := p.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
+			err = runQuery()
+		}
+	}
 	if err != nil {
 		return RowSecurity{}, fmt.Errorf("failed to load row security: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -662,6 +801,11 @@ func (p *ConfigRowSecurityProvider) GetRowSecurity(ctx context.Context, userID i
 // Helper functions
 // ================
 
+// isDBClosed reports whether err indicates the *sql.DB has been closed.
+func isDBClosed(err error) bool {
+	return err != nil && strings.Contains(err.Error(), "sql: database is closed")
+}
+
 func parseRoles(rolesStr string) []string {
 	if rolesStr == "" {
 		return []string{}
@@ -758,56 +902,55 @@ func (a *DatabaseAuthenticator) LoginWithPasskey(ctx context.Context, req Passke
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("passkey authentication failed: %w", err)
 	}
 
-	// Get user data from database
+	// Build request JSON for passkey login stored procedure
-	var username, email, roles string
+	reqData := map[string]any{
-	var userLevel int
+		"user_id": userID,
-	query := `SELECT username, email, user_level, COALESCE(roles, '') FROM users WHERE id = $1 AND is_active = true`
-	err = a.db.QueryRowContext(ctx, query, userID).Scan(&username, &email, &userLevel, &roles)
-	if err != nil {
-		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to get user data: %w", err)
 	}
-
-	// Generate session token
-	sessionToken := "sess_" + generateRandomString(32) + "_" + fmt.Sprintf("%d", time.Now().Unix())
-	expiresAt := time.Now().Add(24 * time.Hour)
-
-	// Extract IP and user agent from claims
-	ipAddress := ""
-	userAgent := ""
 	if req.Claims != nil {
 		if ip, ok := req.Claims["ip_address"].(string); ok {
-			ipAddress = ip
+			reqData["ip_address"] = ip
 		}
 		if ua, ok := req.Claims["user_agent"].(string); ok {
-			userAgent = ua
+			reqData["user_agent"] = ua
 		}
 	}
 
-	// Create session
+	reqJSON, err := json.Marshal(reqData)
-	insertQuery := `INSERT INTO user_sessions (session_token, user_id, expires_at, ip_address, user_agent, last_activity_at)
-		VALUES ($1, $2, $3, $4, $5, now())`
-	_, err = a.db.ExecContext(ctx, insertQuery, sessionToken, userID, expiresAt, ipAddress, userAgent)
 	if err != nil {
-		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create session: %w", err)
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal passkey login request: %w", err)
 	}
 
-	// Update last login
+	var success bool
-	updateQuery := `UPDATE users SET last_login_at = now() WHERE id = $1`
+	var errorMsg sql.NullString
-	_, _ = a.db.ExecContext(ctx, updateQuery, userID)
+	var dataJSON sql.NullString
 
-	// Return login response
+	runPasskeyQuery := func() error {
-	return &LoginResponse{
+		query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_data::text FROM %s($1::jsonb)`, a.sqlNames.PasskeyLogin)
-		Token: sessionToken,
+		return a.getDB().QueryRowContext(ctx, query, string(reqJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &dataJSON)
-		User: &UserContext{
+	}
-			UserID:    userID,
+	err = runPasskeyQuery()
-			UserName:  username,
+	if isDBClosed(err) {
-			Email:     email,
+		if reconnErr := a.reconnectDB(); reconnErr == nil {
-			UserLevel: userLevel,
+			err = runPasskeyQuery()
-			SessionID: sessionToken,
+		}
-			Roles:     parseRoles(roles),
+	}
-		},
+	if err != nil {
-		ExpiresIn: int64(24 * time.Hour.Seconds()),
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("passkey login query failed: %w", err)
-	}, nil
+	}
+
+	if !success {
+		if errorMsg.Valid {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("%s", errorMsg.String)
+		}
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("passkey login failed")
+	}
+
+	var response LoginResponse
+	if err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(dataJSON.String), &response); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse passkey login response: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	return &response, nil
 }
 
 // GetPasskeyCredentials returns all passkey credentials for a user

pkg/security/sql_names.go

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+package security
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"reflect"
+	"regexp"
+)
+
+var validSQLIdentifier = regexp.MustCompile(`^[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*$`)
+
+// SQLNames defines all configurable SQL stored procedure and table names
+// used by the security package. Override individual fields to remap
+// to custom database objects. Use DefaultSQLNames() for baseline defaults,
+// and MergeSQLNames() to apply partial overrides.
+type SQLNames struct {
+	// Auth procedures (DatabaseAuthenticator)
+	Login         string // default: "resolvespec_login"
+	Register      string // default: "resolvespec_register"
+	Logout        string // default: "resolvespec_logout"
+	Session       string // default: "resolvespec_session"
+	SessionUpdate string // default: "resolvespec_session_update"
+	RefreshToken  string // default: "resolvespec_refresh_token"
+
+	// JWT procedures (JWTAuthenticator)
+	JWTLogin  string // default: "resolvespec_jwt_login"
+	JWTLogout string // default: "resolvespec_jwt_logout"
+
+	// Security policy procedures
+	ColumnSecurity string // default: "resolvespec_column_security"
+	RowSecurity    string // default: "resolvespec_row_security"
+
+	// TOTP procedures (DatabaseTwoFactorProvider)
+	TOTPEnable             string // default: "resolvespec_totp_enable"
+	TOTPDisable            string // default: "resolvespec_totp_disable"
+	TOTPGetStatus          string // default: "resolvespec_totp_get_status"
+	TOTPGetSecret          string // default: "resolvespec_totp_get_secret"
+	TOTPRegenerateBackup   string // default: "resolvespec_totp_regenerate_backup_codes"
+	TOTPValidateBackupCode string // default: "resolvespec_totp_validate_backup_code"
+
+	// Passkey procedures (DatabasePasskeyProvider)
+	PasskeyStoreCredential    string // default: "resolvespec_passkey_store_credential"
+	PasskeyGetCredsByUsername string // default: "resolvespec_passkey_get_credentials_by_username"
+	PasskeyGetCredential      string // default: "resolvespec_passkey_get_credential"
+	PasskeyUpdateCounter      string // default: "resolvespec_passkey_update_counter"
+	PasskeyGetUserCredentials string // default: "resolvespec_passkey_get_user_credentials"
+	PasskeyDeleteCredential   string // default: "resolvespec_passkey_delete_credential"
+	PasskeyUpdateName         string // default: "resolvespec_passkey_update_name"
+	PasskeyLogin              string // default: "resolvespec_passkey_login"
+
+	// OAuth2 procedures (DatabaseAuthenticator OAuth2 methods)
+	OAuthGetOrCreateUser    string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_getorcreateuser"
+	OAuthCreateSession      string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_createsession"
+	OAuthGetRefreshToken    string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_getrefreshtoken"
+	OAuthUpdateRefreshToken string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_updaterefreshtoken"
+	OAuthGetUser            string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_getuser"
+
+	// OAuth2 server procedures (OAuthServer persistence)
+	OAuthRegisterClient string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_register_client"
+	OAuthGetClient      string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_get_client"
+	OAuthSaveCode       string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_save_code"
+	OAuthExchangeCode   string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_exchange_code"
+	OAuthIntrospect     string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_introspect"
+	OAuthRevoke         string // default: "resolvespec_oauth_revoke"
+}
+
+// DefaultSQLNames returns an SQLNames with all default resolvespec_* values.
+func DefaultSQLNames() *SQLNames {
+	return &SQLNames{
+		Login:         "resolvespec_login",
+		Register:      "resolvespec_register",
+		Logout:        "resolvespec_logout",
+		Session:       "resolvespec_session",
+		SessionUpdate: "resolvespec_session_update",
+		RefreshToken:  "resolvespec_refresh_token",
+
+		JWTLogin:  "resolvespec_jwt_login",
+		JWTLogout: "resolvespec_jwt_logout",
+
+		ColumnSecurity: "resolvespec_column_security",
+		RowSecurity:    "resolvespec_row_security",
+
+		TOTPEnable:             "resolvespec_totp_enable",
+		TOTPDisable:            "resolvespec_totp_disable",
+		TOTPGetStatus:          "resolvespec_totp_get_status",
+		TOTPGetSecret:          "resolvespec_totp_get_secret",
+		TOTPRegenerateBackup:   "resolvespec_totp_regenerate_backup_codes",
+		TOTPValidateBackupCode: "resolvespec_totp_validate_backup_code",
+
+		PasskeyStoreCredential:    "resolvespec_passkey_store_credential",
+		PasskeyGetCredsByUsername: "resolvespec_passkey_get_credentials_by_username",
+		PasskeyGetCredential:      "resolvespec_passkey_get_credential",
+		PasskeyUpdateCounter:      "resolvespec_passkey_update_counter",
+		PasskeyGetUserCredentials: "resolvespec_passkey_get_user_credentials",
+		PasskeyDeleteCredential:   "resolvespec_passkey_delete_credential",
+		PasskeyUpdateName:         "resolvespec_passkey_update_name",
+		PasskeyLogin:              "resolvespec_passkey_login",
+
+		OAuthGetOrCreateUser:    "resolvespec_oauth_getorcreateuser",
+		OAuthCreateSession:      "resolvespec_oauth_createsession",
+		OAuthGetRefreshToken:    "resolvespec_oauth_getrefreshtoken",
+		OAuthUpdateRefreshToken: "resolvespec_oauth_updaterefreshtoken",
+		OAuthGetUser:            "resolvespec_oauth_getuser",
+
+		OAuthRegisterClient: "resolvespec_oauth_register_client",
+		OAuthGetClient:      "resolvespec_oauth_get_client",
+		OAuthSaveCode:       "resolvespec_oauth_save_code",
+		OAuthExchangeCode:   "resolvespec_oauth_exchange_code",
+		OAuthIntrospect:     "resolvespec_oauth_introspect",
+		OAuthRevoke:         "resolvespec_oauth_revoke",
+	}
+}
+
+// MergeSQLNames returns a copy of base with any non-empty fields from override applied.
+// If override is nil, a copy of base is returned.
+func MergeSQLNames(base, override *SQLNames) *SQLNames {
+	if override == nil {
+		copied := *base
+		return &copied
+	}
+	merged := *base
+	if override.Login != "" {
+		merged.Login = override.Login
+	}
+	if override.Register != "" {
+		merged.Register = override.Register
+	}
+	if override.Logout != "" {
+		merged.Logout = override.Logout
+	}
+	if override.Session != "" {
+		merged.Session = override.Session
+	}
+	if override.SessionUpdate != "" {
+		merged.SessionUpdate = override.SessionUpdate
+	}
+	if override.RefreshToken != "" {
+		merged.RefreshToken = override.RefreshToken
+	}
+	if override.JWTLogin != "" {
+		merged.JWTLogin = override.JWTLogin
+	}
+	if override.JWTLogout != "" {
+		merged.JWTLogout = override.JWTLogout
+	}
+	if override.ColumnSecurity != "" {
+		merged.ColumnSecurity = override.ColumnSecurity
+	}
+	if override.RowSecurity != "" {
+		merged.RowSecurity = override.RowSecurity
+	}
+	if override.TOTPEnable != "" {
+		merged.TOTPEnable = override.TOTPEnable
+	}
+	if override.TOTPDisable != "" {
+		merged.TOTPDisable = override.TOTPDisable
+	}
+	if override.TOTPGetStatus != "" {
+		merged.TOTPGetStatus = override.TOTPGetStatus
+	}
+	if override.TOTPGetSecret != "" {
+		merged.TOTPGetSecret = override.TOTPGetSecret
+	}
+	if override.TOTPRegenerateBackup != "" {
+		merged.TOTPRegenerateBackup = override.TOTPRegenerateBackup
+	}
+	if override.TOTPValidateBackupCode != "" {
+		merged.TOTPValidateBackupCode = override.TOTPValidateBackupCode
+	}
+	if override.PasskeyStoreCredential != "" {
+		merged.PasskeyStoreCredential = override.PasskeyStoreCredential
+	}
+	if override.PasskeyGetCredsByUsername != "" {
+		merged.PasskeyGetCredsByUsername = override.PasskeyGetCredsByUsername
+	}
+	if override.PasskeyGetCredential != "" {
+		merged.PasskeyGetCredential = override.PasskeyGetCredential
+	}
+	if override.PasskeyUpdateCounter != "" {
+		merged.PasskeyUpdateCounter = override.PasskeyUpdateCounter
+	}
+	if override.PasskeyGetUserCredentials != "" {
+		merged.PasskeyGetUserCredentials = override.PasskeyGetUserCredentials
+	}
+	if override.PasskeyDeleteCredential != "" {
+		merged.PasskeyDeleteCredential = override.PasskeyDeleteCredential
+	}
+	if override.PasskeyUpdateName != "" {
+		merged.PasskeyUpdateName = override.PasskeyUpdateName
+	}
+	if override.PasskeyLogin != "" {
+		merged.PasskeyLogin = override.PasskeyLogin
+	}
+	if override.OAuthGetOrCreateUser != "" {
+		merged.OAuthGetOrCreateUser = override.OAuthGetOrCreateUser
+	}
+	if override.OAuthCreateSession != "" {
+		merged.OAuthCreateSession = override.OAuthCreateSession
+	}
+	if override.OAuthGetRefreshToken != "" {
+		merged.OAuthGetRefreshToken = override.OAuthGetRefreshToken
+	}
+	if override.OAuthUpdateRefreshToken != "" {
+		merged.OAuthUpdateRefreshToken = override.OAuthUpdateRefreshToken
+	}
+	if override.OAuthGetUser != "" {
+		merged.OAuthGetUser = override.OAuthGetUser
+	}
+	if override.OAuthRegisterClient != "" {
+		merged.OAuthRegisterClient = override.OAuthRegisterClient
+	}
+	if override.OAuthGetClient != "" {
+		merged.OAuthGetClient = override.OAuthGetClient
+	}
+	if override.OAuthSaveCode != "" {
+		merged.OAuthSaveCode = override.OAuthSaveCode
+	}
+	if override.OAuthExchangeCode != "" {
+		merged.OAuthExchangeCode = override.OAuthExchangeCode
+	}
+	if override.OAuthIntrospect != "" {
+		merged.OAuthIntrospect = override.OAuthIntrospect
+	}
+	if override.OAuthRevoke != "" {
+		merged.OAuthRevoke = override.OAuthRevoke
+	}
+	return &merged
+}
+
+// ValidateSQLNames checks that all non-empty fields in names are valid SQL identifiers.
+// Returns an error if any field contains invalid characters.
+func ValidateSQLNames(names *SQLNames) error {
+	v := reflect.ValueOf(names).Elem()
+	typ := v.Type()
+	for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ {
+		field := v.Field(i)
+		if field.Kind() != reflect.String {
+			continue
+		}
+		val := field.String()
+		if val != "" && !validSQLIdentifier.MatchString(val) {
+			return fmt.Errorf("SQLNames.%s contains invalid characters: %q", typ.Field(i).Name, val)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// resolveSQLNames merges an optional override with defaults.
+// Used by constructors that accept variadic *SQLNames.
+func resolveSQLNames(override ...*SQLNames) *SQLNames {
+	if len(override) > 0 && override[0] != nil {
+		return MergeSQLNames(DefaultSQLNames(), override[0])
+	}
+	return DefaultSQLNames()
+}

pkg/security/sql_names_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+package security
+
+import (
+	"reflect"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+func TestDefaultSQLNames_AllFieldsNonEmpty(t *testing.T) {
+	names := DefaultSQLNames()
+	v := reflect.ValueOf(names).Elem()
+	typ := v.Type()
+
+	for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ {
+		field := v.Field(i)
+		if field.Kind() != reflect.String {
+			continue
+		}
+		if field.String() == "" {
+			t.Errorf("DefaultSQLNames().%s is empty", typ.Field(i).Name)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func TestMergeSQLNames_PartialOverride(t *testing.T) {
+	base := DefaultSQLNames()
+	override := &SQLNames{
+		Login:       "custom_login",
+		TOTPEnable:  "custom_totp_enable",
+		PasskeyLogin: "custom_passkey_login",
+	}
+
+	merged := MergeSQLNames(base, override)
+
+	if merged.Login != "custom_login" {
+		t.Errorf("MergeSQLNames().Login = %q, want %q", merged.Login, "custom_login")
+	}
+	if merged.TOTPEnable != "custom_totp_enable" {
+		t.Errorf("MergeSQLNames().TOTPEnable = %q, want %q", merged.TOTPEnable, "custom_totp_enable")
+	}
+	if merged.PasskeyLogin != "custom_passkey_login" {
+		t.Errorf("MergeSQLNames().PasskeyLogin = %q, want %q", merged.PasskeyLogin, "custom_passkey_login")
+	}
+	// Non-overridden fields should retain defaults
+	if merged.Logout != "resolvespec_logout" {
+		t.Errorf("MergeSQLNames().Logout = %q, want %q", merged.Logout, "resolvespec_logout")
+	}
+	if merged.Session != "resolvespec_session" {
+		t.Errorf("MergeSQLNames().Session = %q, want %q", merged.Session, "resolvespec_session")
+	}
+}
+
+func TestMergeSQLNames_NilOverride(t *testing.T) {
+	base := DefaultSQLNames()
+	merged := MergeSQLNames(base, nil)
+
+	// Should be a copy, not the same pointer
+	if merged == base {
+		t.Error("MergeSQLNames with nil override should return a copy, not the same pointer")
+	}
+
+	// All values should match
+	v1 := reflect.ValueOf(base).Elem()
+	v2 := reflect.ValueOf(merged).Elem()
+	typ := v1.Type()
+
+	for i := 0; i < v1.NumField(); i++ {
+		f1 := v1.Field(i)
+		f2 := v2.Field(i)
+		if f1.Kind() != reflect.String {
+			continue
+		}
+		if f1.String() != f2.String() {
+			t.Errorf("MergeSQLNames(base, nil).%s = %q, want %q", typ.Field(i).Name, f2.String(), f1.String())
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func TestMergeSQLNames_DoesNotMutateBase(t *testing.T) {
+	base := DefaultSQLNames()
+	originalLogin := base.Login
+
+	override := &SQLNames{Login: "custom_login"}
+	_ = MergeSQLNames(base, override)
+
+	if base.Login != originalLogin {
+		t.Errorf("MergeSQLNames mutated base: Login = %q, want %q", base.Login, originalLogin)
+	}
+}
+
+func TestMergeSQLNames_AllFieldsMerged(t *testing.T) {
+	base := DefaultSQLNames()
+	override := &SQLNames{}
+	v := reflect.ValueOf(override).Elem()
+	for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ {
+		if v.Field(i).Kind() == reflect.String {
+			v.Field(i).SetString("custom_sentinel")
+		}
+	}
+
+	merged := MergeSQLNames(base, override)
+	mv := reflect.ValueOf(merged).Elem()
+	typ := mv.Type()
+	for i := 0; i < mv.NumField(); i++ {
+		if mv.Field(i).Kind() != reflect.String {
+			continue
+		}
+		if mv.Field(i).String() != "custom_sentinel" {
+			t.Errorf("MergeSQLNames did not merge field %s", typ.Field(i).Name)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func TestValidateSQLNames_Valid(t *testing.T) {
+	names := DefaultSQLNames()
+	if err := ValidateSQLNames(names); err != nil {
+		t.Errorf("ValidateSQLNames(defaults) error = %v", err)
+	}
+}
+
+func TestValidateSQLNames_Invalid(t *testing.T) {
+	names := DefaultSQLNames()
+	names.Login = "resolvespec_login; DROP TABLE users; --"
+
+	err := ValidateSQLNames(names)
+	if err == nil {
+		t.Error("ValidateSQLNames should reject names with invalid characters")
+	}
+}
+
+func TestResolveSQLNames_NoOverride(t *testing.T) {
+	names := resolveSQLNames()
+	if names.Login != "resolvespec_login" {
+		t.Errorf("resolveSQLNames().Login = %q, want default", names.Login)
+	}
+}
+
+func TestResolveSQLNames_WithOverride(t *testing.T) {
+	names := resolveSQLNames(&SQLNames{Login: "custom_login"})
+	if names.Login != "custom_login" {
+		t.Errorf("resolveSQLNames().Login = %q, want %q", names.Login, "custom_login")
+	}
+	if names.Logout != "resolvespec_logout" {
+		t.Errorf("resolveSQLNames().Logout = %q, want default", names.Logout)
+	}
+}

pkg/security/totp_provider_database.go

@@ -9,23 +9,23 @@ import (
 )
 
 // DatabaseTwoFactorProvider implements TwoFactorAuthProvider using PostgreSQL stored procedures
-// Requires stored procedures: resolvespec_totp_enable, resolvespec_totp_disable,
+// Procedure names are configurable via SQLNames (see DefaultSQLNames for defaults)
-// resolvespec_totp_get_status, resolvespec_totp_get_secret,
-// resolvespec_totp_regenerate_backup_codes, resolvespec_totp_validate_backup_code
 // See totp_database_schema.sql for procedure definitions
 type DatabaseTwoFactorProvider struct {
 	db       *sql.DB
 	totpGen  *TOTPGenerator
+	sqlNames *SQLNames
 }
 
 // NewDatabaseTwoFactorProvider creates a new database-backed 2FA provider
-func NewDatabaseTwoFactorProvider(db *sql.DB, config *TwoFactorConfig) *DatabaseTwoFactorProvider {
+func NewDatabaseTwoFactorProvider(db *sql.DB, config *TwoFactorConfig, names ...*SQLNames) *DatabaseTwoFactorProvider {
 	if config == nil {
 		config = DefaultTwoFactorConfig()
 	}
 	return &DatabaseTwoFactorProvider{
 		db:       db,
 		totpGen:  NewTOTPGenerator(config),
+		sqlNames: resolveSQLNames(names...),
 	}
 }
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func (p *DatabaseTwoFactorProvider) Enable2FA(userID int, secret string, backupC
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error FROM resolvespec_totp_enable($1, $2, $3::jsonb)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error FROM %s($1, $2, $3::jsonb)`, p.sqlNames.TOTPEnable)
 	err = p.db.QueryRow(query, userID, secret, string(codesJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg)
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("enable 2FA query failed: %w", err)
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ func (p *DatabaseTwoFactorProvider) Disable2FA(userID int) error {
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error FROM resolvespec_totp_disable($1)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error FROM %s($1)`, p.sqlNames.TOTPDisable)
 	err := p.db.QueryRow(query, userID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg)
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("disable 2FA query failed: %w", err)
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ func (p *DatabaseTwoFactorProvider) Get2FAStatus(userID int) (bool, error) {
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var enabled bool
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_enabled FROM resolvespec_totp_get_status($1)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_enabled FROM %s($1)`, p.sqlNames.TOTPGetStatus)
 	err := p.db.QueryRow(query, userID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &enabled)
 	if err != nil {
 		return false, fmt.Errorf("get 2FA status query failed: %w", err)
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (p *DatabaseTwoFactorProvider) Get2FASecret(userID int) (string, error) {
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var secret sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_secret FROM resolvespec_totp_get_secret($1)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_secret FROM %s($1)`, p.sqlNames.TOTPGetSecret)
 	err := p.db.QueryRow(query, userID).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &secret)
 	if err != nil {
 		return "", fmt.Errorf("get 2FA secret query failed: %w", err)
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ func (p *DatabaseTwoFactorProvider) GenerateBackupCodes(userID int, count int) (
 	var success bool
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error FROM resolvespec_totp_regenerate_backup_codes($1, $2::jsonb)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error FROM %s($1, $2::jsonb)`, p.sqlNames.TOTPRegenerateBackup)
 	err = p.db.QueryRow(query, userID, string(codesJSON)).Scan(&success, &errorMsg)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("regenerate backup codes query failed: %w", err)
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ func (p *DatabaseTwoFactorProvider) ValidateBackupCode(userID int, code string)
 	var errorMsg sql.NullString
 	var valid bool
 
-	query := `SELECT p_success, p_error, p_valid FROM resolvespec_totp_validate_backup_code($1, $2)`
+	query := fmt.Sprintf(`SELECT p_success, p_error, p_valid FROM %s($1, $2)`, p.sqlNames.TOTPValidateBackupCode)
 	err := p.db.QueryRow(query, userID, codeHash).Scan(&success, &errorMsg, &valid)
 	if err != nil {
 		return false, fmt.Errorf("validate backup code query failed: %w", err)

pkg/server/example_test.go

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ package server_test
 import (
 	"context"
 	"fmt"
+	"log"
 	"net/http"
 	"time"
 
@@ -29,18 +30,18 @@ func ExampleManager_basic() {
 		GZIP:    true, // Enable GZIP compression
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Start all servers
 	if err := mgr.StartAll(); err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Server is now running...
 	// When done, stop gracefully
 	if err := mgr.StopAll(); err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 }
 
@@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ func ExampleManager_https() {
 		SSLKey:  "/path/to/key.pem",
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Option 2: Self-signed certificate (for development)
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ func ExampleManager_https() {
 		SelfSignedSSL: true,
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Option 3: Let's Encrypt / AutoTLS (for production)
@@ -88,12 +89,12 @@ func ExampleManager_https() {
 		AutoTLSCacheDir: "./certs-cache",
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Start all servers
 	if err := mgr.StartAll(); err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Cleanup
@@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ func ExampleManager_gracefulShutdown() {
 		IdleTimeout:     120 * time.Second,
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Start servers and block until shutdown signal (SIGINT/SIGTERM)
@@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ func ExampleManager_healthChecks() {
 		Handler: mux,
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Add health and readiness endpoints
@@ -173,7 +174,7 @@ func ExampleManager_healthChecks() {
 
 	// Start the server
 	if err := mgr.StartAll(); err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Health check returns:
@@ -204,7 +205,7 @@ func ExampleManager_multipleServers() {
 		GZIP:    true,
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Admin API server (different port)
@@ -218,7 +219,7 @@ func ExampleManager_multipleServers() {
 		Handler: adminHandler,
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Metrics server (internal only)
@@ -232,18 +233,18 @@ func ExampleManager_multipleServers() {
 		Handler: metricsHandler,
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Start all servers at once
 	if err := mgr.StartAll(); err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Get specific server instance
 	publicInstance, err := mgr.Get("public-api")
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 	fmt.Printf("Public API running on: %s\n", publicInstance.Addr())
 
@@ -253,7 +254,7 @@ func ExampleManager_multipleServers() {
 
 	// Stop all servers gracefully (in parallel)
 	if err := mgr.StopAll(); err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 }
 
@@ -273,11 +274,11 @@ func ExampleManager_monitoring() {
 		Handler: handler,
 	})
 	if err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	if err := mgr.StartAll(); err != nil {
-		panic(err)
+		log.Fatal(err)
 	}
 
 	// Check server status